Professional Documents
Culture Documents
GROUP 52B
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . .
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . .
52B-3
52B-24
52B-27
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . .
52B-27
TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY . . . . . .
52B-27
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52B-27
52B-30
52B-32
52B-38
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS
AFTER HANDLING.
WARNING
Carefully read and observe the information in the SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS prior to any service.
For information concerning diagnosis or maintenance, always observe the procedures in the SRS Diagnosis or
the SRS Maintenance sections, respectively.
If any SRS components are removed or replaced in connection with any service procedures, be sure to follow the
procedures in the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE section for the comportments involved.
If you have any questions about the SRS, please contact the MMNA Tech Line.
52B-2
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS . . . . 52B-358
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-393
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-397
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-405
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B-374
GENERAL INFORMATION
DANGER
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that the curtain airbag and seat belt
pre-tensioner operate at the occurrence of
rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the vehicle to
the right and left with the IG ON or tilt the
SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON
and the harness installed.
.
WARNING
The seat belts with pre-tensioner work simultaneously with the SRS. The seat belt incorporating the
pre-tensioner automatically winds the seat belt upon
front impact to reduce forward shifting of the drivers
and passengers. The seat belt use status is used to
control the activation and deactivation of the pre-tensioner.
.
TSB Revision
52B-3
M1524000102491
52B-4
AC905530 AB
The SRS-ECU monitors the SRS system and stores data concerning any detected faults in the system. When the ignition
switch is in "ON" position, the SRS warning light, passengers
air bag OFF indicator light and passengers seat belt warning
light should illuminate for about seven seconds and then turn
"OFF." That indicates that the SRS system is in operational
order. If the SRS warning light does any of the following, the
immediate inspection by an authorized dealer is needed:
1. The SRS warning light does not illuminate as described
above.
2. The SRS warning light stays on for more than seven
seconds.
3. The SRS warning light illuminates while driving.
If a vehicle's SRS warning light is in any of these three conditions, the SRS system must be inspected, diagnosed and serviced in accordance with this manual.
TSB Revision
52B-5
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
SRS warning lamp
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
Driver's air bag module
Clock spring
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
Weight
sensor
ACA03210
Side impact
sensor (rear)
Side impact
sensor (front)
Front impact sensor
Occupant classification-ECU
ACA03533 AB
TSB Revision
52B-6
WARNING/CAUTION LABELS
A number of caution labels related to the SRS are found in the vehicle, as shown in the following illustrations.
Follow label instructions when servicing SRS. The label I is not to be removed except by owner. If the other
labels are dirty or damaged, replace them.
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
SRS-ECU
ACA03013
AC904497
AC904461
Sunvisor
E
D
AC904540
Side-airbag module
(right and left)
G
H
AC904335
AC904861
Glove box
I
J
ACA03208
ACA03014
ACA03025 AB
TSB Revision
52B-7
Label contents
A, B, D
DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
DO NOT:
DISASSEMBLE; HEAT; INCINERATE; APPLY ELECTRICITY;
OR STORE AT HIGH TEMPERATURE (93C or HIGHER).
REFER TO WORKSHOP MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
CAUTION:
DO NOT DISASSEMBLE OR DROP. IF DEFECTIVE, REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL.
E<EXCEPT
WARNING
VEHICLES FOR EVEN WITH ADVANCED AIR BAGS
CANADA>
Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag
The back seat is the safest place for children
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front
Always use seat belts and child restraints
See owners manual for more information about air bags
AC306673
E <VEHICLES
FOR
CANADA>
WARNING
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur
Children 12 and under can be killed by the air bag.
The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children.
NEVER put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Sit as far back as possible from the air bag.
ALWAYS use SEAT BELTS and CHILD RESTRAINTS.
WARNING
SRS AIR BAG MODULE FLAMMABLE/EXPLOSIVE
TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY:
DO NOT REPAIR, DISASSEMBLE OR TAMPER.
AVOID CONTACT WITH FLAME OR ELECTRICITY.
DO NO DIAGNOSIS/USE NO TEST EQPT OR PROBES.
STORE BELOW 200F (93C).
BEFORE DOING ANY WORK INVOLVING MODULE. READ SERVICE MANUAL
FOR IMPORTANT FURTHER DATA.
DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
SRS AIR BAG MODULE
Do not disassemble or shock
Do not heat or incinerate.
Do not contact with electricity or tester probes.
Do not test or diagnose.
Do not store in more than 200 F (93 C).
Store the air bag cover is top.
For information on handling, replacement, and disposal methods, refer to the service
manual.
TSB Revision
52B-8
Label contents
I
J <EXCEPT
This Vehicle is Equipped with Advanced Air Bags
VEHICLES FOR Even with Advanced Air Bags
CANADA>
Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag.
The back seat is the safest place for children.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Always use seat belts and child restraints.
See owners manual for more information about air bags.
Not to be removed except by owner.
J <VEHICLES
WARNING
FOR CANADA> MISE EN GARDE
Children Can Be KILLED or INJURED by Passenger Air Bag
The back seat is the safest place for children 12 and under.
Make sure all children use seat belts or child seats.
Not to be removed except by owner.
TSB Revision
52B-9
SCHEMATIC
Ignition switch (IG1)
Fusible link
SRS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
OFF
ON
7.5A
ETACS-ECU
7.5A
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
Driver's
knee air bag module
Side-airbag module
(LH)
Side-airbag module
(RH)
CLOCK SPRING
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Combination meter
Side impact
sensor (Front: LH)
Side impact
sensor (Front: RH)
Side impact
sensor (Rear: LH)
Side impact
sensor (Rear: RH)
Note
* : Connector lock switch
Connector connected: ON
Connector disconnected: OFF
ON
ACA03532 AB
TSB Revision
52B-10
A
A
A
A
Clock spring
Driver's air bag module
A
Driver's knee air bag module
A
Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
A
TSB Revision
52B-11
Connector connected
Short spring
Partition panel
TSB Revision
Partition panel
(SRS-ECU-side
connector)l
Short spring
(wiring harness-side
connector)
AC904997AC
SRS-ECU connector
Connector between the clock spring and
body-side wiring harness
Each air bag module connector
Each pre-tensioner connector
Intermediate connector between curtain air bag
module and SRS-ECU
52B-12
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
C-205
INSTRUMENT PANEL
C-114
C-203
C-227
C-126
C-223
C-125
C-124
STEERING COLUMN
C-316
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
A-58
A-45
C-313
D-09
FLOOR
D-17
D-42
D-03
D-01
D-48
D-43
D-40
D-39
D-28
D-32
D-33
D-46
D-29
ACA03517 AB
TSB Revision
D-48-5
D-48-3
D-48-2
D-48-6
D-48-4
A-45 (Y)
A-58 (Y)
C-114 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
C-125 (Y)
C-126 (Y)
C-203
C-205 (GR)
C-223 (B)
C-227 (B)
D-48-1
ACA03524 AB
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
WARNING
Do not repair, splice, or modify the SRS
TSB Revision
C-313 (Y)
C-316 (B)
D-01 (Y)
D-03 (B)
D-09 (B)
D-17 (B)
D-28 (B)
D-29 (Y)
D-32 (Y)
D-33 (B)
D-39 (Y)
D-40 (B)
D-42 (Y)
D-43 (Y)
D-46 (GR)
D-48
D-48-1
D-48-2
D-48-3
D-48-4
D-48-5
D-48-6
52B-13
Clock spring
Drivers air bag module
Side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Seat belt pre-tensioner (RH)
Curtain air bag module (RH)
Curtain air bag module (LH)
Seat belt pre-tensioner (LH)
Side impact sensor (Front: LH)
Side-airbag module (LH)
Seat belt switch (Drivers side)
Side-airbag module (RH)
Seat belt switch (Passengers side)
Side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
Side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
Seat slide sensor
Front seat assembly (RH)
Occupant classification-ECU
Occupant classification-ECU
Weight sensor (Front:LH)
Weight sensor (Front:RH)
Weight sensor (Rear:LH)
Weight sensor (Rear:RH)
52B-14
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
SRS-ECU
CLOCK SPRING
NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
ACA03462 AB
TSB Revision
52B-15
PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
SRS-ECU
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
ACA03463 AB
TSB Revision
52B-16
SRS-ECU
NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
SIDE-AIRBAG
MODULE
(SQUIB) (LH)
ACA03464 AB
TSB Revision
52B-17
ETACS-ECU (FUSE 12 )
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
(REAR: RH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
CENTER
PANEL UNIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
AIR BAG OFF
INDICATOR
LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
SIDE
SRS-ECU
NOTE
: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE
(SQUIB) (RH)
TSB Revision
52B-18
FUSIBLE
LINK 34
ETACSECU
IG1
RELAY
JOINT
CONNECTOR
(2)
SRS-ECU
ACA03466 AB
TSB Revision
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
52B-19
JOINTCONNECTOR
(CAN1)
ETACS-ECU
(FUSE 12 )
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
CAN
TRANSCEIVER
CIRCUIT
GROUNDING
CONNECTOR
CPU
LCD (SRS)
RHEOSTAT
COMBINATION METER
ACA03467AB
TSB Revision
52B-20
JOINT CONNECTOR
(CAN1)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC
ACA03468 AB
TSB Revision
52B-21
WEIGHT
SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)
WEIGHT
SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)
WEIGHT
SENSOR
(REAR: LH)
WEIGHT
SENSOR
(REAR: RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-ECU
ACA03469 AB
TSB Revision
52B-22
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
SIDE
HALL IC
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
PASSENGER'S
SIDE
HALL IC
SRS-ECU
ACA03470 AB
TSB Revision
52B-23
COMPONENT LOCATION
Driver's air bag module
Data link
connector
Clock spring
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
ETACS-ECU
AC905341
SRS-ECU
Weight
sensor
Seat slide sensor
G and yaw
rate sensor
AC904903
Occupant classification-ECU
Curtain air bag module
F
Side impact sensor (Rear)
Rear seat belt
ACA03106
ACA03556 AB
TSB Revision
52B-24
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
M1524000301975
DANGER
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
AC300580AB
accidental deployment of the air bag during servicing, read and carefully follow all the precautions
and procedures described in this manual.
After disconnecting the battery cable, wait 60 seconds or more before proceeding with the following
work. The SRS system is designed to retain
enough voltage to deploy the air bag for a short
time even after the battery has been disconnected,
so serious injury may result from unintended air
bag deployment if work is done on the SRS system
immediately after the battery cables are disconnected.
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification
that the curtain airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner
operate at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do
not tilt the vehicle to the right and left with the IG
ON or tilt the SRS-ECU to the right and left with the
IG ON and the harness installed.
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories
TSB Revision
52B-25
SRS-ECU connector
AC905461AE
Corrective action
1, 2
3, 4
5, 6
7, 8
9, 10
13
17, 27
18, 28
21
Floor wiring harness ETACS-ECU Correct or replace the floor wiring harness.
(fuse No. 18)
22
24
29, 30
TSB Revision
52B-26
33, 38
36, 37
39, 40
41, 42
44, 45
53, 58
54, 55
56, 57
59, 60
61, 62
64, 65
Corrective action
Correct or replace the floor wiring harness.
WARNING
The SRS components and seat belt with pre-ten-
TSB Revision
52B-27
TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY
Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy. If
you follow them carefully, you will be sure that you
have exhausted all of the possible ways to find a
SRS fault.
1. Gather information about the problem from the
customer.
2. Verify that the condition described by the
customer exists.
3. Check the vehicle for any SRS diagnostic trouble
codes (SRS DTC).
4. If you cannot verify the condition but there are no
SRS DTCs, the malfunction is intermittent. Refer
to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting
Inspection Service Points How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunctions P.00-15.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
M1524005000534
M1524003100933
M1524013800223
TSB Revision
52B-28
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827
ACA00016 AB
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Ensure that the ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF)
position.
2. Start up the personal computer.
3. Connect special tool MB991827 to special tool MB991824
and the personal computer.
4. Connect special tool MB991910 to special tool MB991824.
5. Connect special tool MB991910 to the data link connector.
6. Turn the power switch of special tool MB991824 to the "ON"
position.
NOTE: When special tool MB991824 is energized, special
tool MB991824 indicator light will be illuminated in a green
color.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal computer.
NOTE: Disconnecting scan tool MB991958 is the reverse of the
connecting sequence, making sure that the ignition switch is at
the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
TSB Revision
52B-29
Item name
Data item
Unit
01
Odometer
mile*
02
Ignition cycle
04
TSB Revision
min
52B-30
M1524004301353
AC905530 AB
M1524026200157
ACA03521AB
M1524026300262
SYSTEM CHECK
Check that the passengers air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the "ON" position.
Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds and
then goes out.
In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that
the passengers (front) air bag is not operational.
The occupant classification-ECU and weight sensor sense
66 pounds (30 kg) on the front passenger seat.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.
AC905531AC
TSB Revision
52B-31
ILLUMINATION CHECK
Instrument panel
assembly center
Center panel
unit connector
ACA00007AD
TSB Revision
52B-32
M1524003302416
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with another system may be set when the ignition switch is
turned on with connector(s) disconnected. After completing the repair, confirm all systems for DTC
code(s). If DTC code(s) are set, erase them all.
Inspect according to the inspection chart that is appropriate for the DTC.
Code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
*2
B1400
P.52B-38
B1401*2
P.52B-45
B1402*2
P.52B-51
B1403*2
P.52B-57
B1404*4
P.52B-63
B1405*4
P.52B-63
B1406*4
P.52B-66
B1407*2
P.52B-68
B1408*2
P.52B-71
B1409*2
P.52B-71
B1410*2
P.52B-74
B1411*2
P.52B-80
B1412*2
P.52B-85
B1413*2
P.52B-90
B1414*4
P.52B-63
B1415*4
P.52B-63
B1416*4
P.52B-66
B1417*2
P.52B-96
B1418*2
P.52B-99
B1419*2
P.52B-99
B1420*2
P.52B-102
B1421*2
P.52B-107
TSB Revision
52B-33
Code No.
Diagnostic item
B1422*2
B1423*2
B1424*4
P.52B-63
B1425*4
P.52B-63
B1426*4
P.52B-120
B1427*2
P.52B-122
B1428*2
P.52B-124
B1429*2
P.52B-124
B1430*2
P.52B-128
B1431*2
P.52B-133
B1432*2
P.52B-138
B1433*2
P.52B-142
B1434*4
B1435*4
B1436*4
P.52B-120
B1437*2
P.52B-146
B1438*2
P.52B-149
B1439*2
B1440*2
B1441*2
Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit P.52B-156
Open
B1442*2
P.52B-161
B1443*2
P.52B-165
B1444*4
P.52B-63
B1445*4
P.52B-63
B1446*4
P.52B-169
TSB Revision
Reference page
P.52B-152
52B-34
Code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B1447*2
P.52B-171
B1448*2
P.52B-173
B1449*2
P.52B-173
B1450*2
P.52B-176
B1451*2
P.52B-180
B1452*2
P.52B-185
B1453*2
P.52B-189
B1454*4
Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Short P.52B-63
Circuit
B1455*4
Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Open P.52B-63
Circuit
B1456*4
P.52B-169
B1457*2
P.52B-193
B1458*2
P.52B-196
B14592
P.52B-196
B1466*4
P.52B-63
B1467*4
P.52B-63
B1468*4
P.52B-63
B1469*4
P.52B-63
B1476*3
P.52B-199
B1477*3
P.52B-199
B1478*4
P.52B-63
B1479*4
P.52B-63
B1480*2
P.52B-38
B1481*2
P.52B-45
B1482*2
P.52B-51
B1483*2
P.52B-57
B1484*4
P.52B-63
TSB Revision
52B-35
Code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B1485*4
P.52B-63
B1488*4
P.52B-204
B1489*2
P.52B-207
B1490*2
P.52B-74
B1491*2
P.52B-80
B1492*2
P.52B-85
B1493*2
P.52B-90
B1494*4
P.52B-63
B1495*4
P.52B-63
B1496*4
P.52B-63
B1497*4
B1498*4
P.52B-63
B1499*4
P.52B-210
B1527*2
P.52B-211
B1528*2
P.52B-211
B1537*2
P.52B-215
B1538*2
P.52B-215
B1547*4
P.52B-63
B1556*2
P.52B-219
B1557*4
P.52B-63
B1558*2
P.52B-220
B1573*5
B1588*4
P.52B-63
B1589*4
B1590*4
P.52B-63
B1591*4
P.52B-63
B1594*4
TSB Revision
52B-36
Code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B1603*2
P.52B-221
B1604*2
P.52B-227
B1605*2
B1606*2
B1607*4
B1608*4
B1609*2
P.52B-241
B1C49*2
P.52B-246
B1C47*2
P.52B-251
B1612*2
P.52B-255
B1613*4
P.52B-63
B1614*4
P.52B-63
B1615*4
P.52B-63
B1616*4
P.52B-63
B1617*4
P.52B-259
B1618*4
P.52B-63
B1631*2
P.52B-261
B1632*2
P.52B-265
B1633*2
P.52B-261
B1634*2
P.52B-273
B1635*4
P.52B-63
B1636*4
P.52B-63
B1699*4
P.52B-277
B2206
Vin error/mismatch
P.52B-277
B222C
P.52B-278
TSB Revision
52B-37
Code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B223B
P.52B-278
U0019
P.52B-278
U0141
P.52B-279
U0154
P.52B-281
U0155
P.52B-282
U0164
P.52B-284
U0168
P.52B-285
U0184
P.52B-286
U0195
P.52B-288
U0245
P.52B-289
U1000
P.52B-290
NOTE: .
*1
*2:
This DTC will remain in memory and the SRS warning light will be switched on even if the system
returns to normal condition.
*3
: This DTC will remain in memory and the SRS warning light will be switched off when the system
returns to normal condition.
*4:
*5
: This DTC is also set on vehicles without passengers air bag cutoff switch.
TSB Revision
52B-38
DTC B1400: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
DTC B1480: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
CLOCK
SPRING
NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF
ACA02863 AB
Connector: C-126
C-316 (B)
C-303 (O)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AB
TSB Revision
C-313 (Y)
ACA03078 AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1400 <1st squib> or B1480 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
When DTC B1400 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1480 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
.
52B-39
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit in the clock spring
Short circuit between the driver's air bag module
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
NOTE: *: The squib circuit connectors integrate a
"short" spring (which prevents the air bag from
deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by
shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the
squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected).
Therefore, if connector C-126, C-303/C-316 or C-313
is damaged or improperly engaged, the short spring
may not be released when the connector is connected.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-40
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB
TSB Revision
52B-41
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe (special tool) as shown.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1400. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1402 is set when checking DTC B1480
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 8.
TSB Revision
52B-42
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
Clock spring
connector
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-313 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
(terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1400. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1480
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 8.
TSB Revision
52B-43
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
AC905150 AG
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AH
TSB Revision
52B-44
<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1400 <1st
squib> or B1480 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
ACA02867AB
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02867AC
TSB Revision
52B-45
DTC B1401: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
DTC B1481: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CLOCK
SPRING
NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF
ACA02863 AB
Connector: C-126
C-316 (B)
C-303 (O)
C-126 (Y)
C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1401 <1st squib> or B1481 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1401 is set in the following diag-
TSB Revision
ACA03078 AB
52B-46
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
via the clock spring to inflate the air bag.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the clock spring
Open circuit due to improper neutral position of
the clock spring
Open circuit in the driver's air bag module (squib)
circuit
Disengaged driver's air bag module (squib) connector
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-47
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1401. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1481
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 6.
TSB Revision
52B-48
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
Clock spring
connector
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1401. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1481
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 6.
TSB Revision
52B-49
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
AC905150 AG
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AH
TSB Revision
52B-50
<1st squib>
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-313 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
<1st squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.5) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.3)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.6) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867AD
<2nt squib>
<2nd squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.3) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.1)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.4) and the
clock spring connector C-313 (terminal No.2)
ACA02867AE
TSB Revision
52B-51
DTC B1402: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
DTC B1482: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
CLOCK
SPRING
NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF
ACA02863 AB
Connector: C-126
C-316 (B)
C-303 (O)
C-126 (Y)
C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1402 <1st squib> or B1482 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1402 is set in the following diag-
TSB Revision
ACA03078 AB
52B-52
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the clock spring
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Short to the ground in the driver's air bag module
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-53
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1402. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it, DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1482
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the driver's air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 7.
TSB Revision
52B-54
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
Clock spring
connector
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector (terminal No.3 and 4 <1st squib> or
(terminal No.1 and 2 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1402. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it, DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1482
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring. (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 7.
TSB Revision
52B-55
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(3) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 9, 10 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
AC905150 AG
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AH
TSB Revision
52B-56
<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02867AF
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1402 <1st
squib> or B1482 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02867AG
TSB Revision
52B-57
DTC B1403: Driver's Air bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
DTC B1483: Driver's Air bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply
CLOCK
SPRING
NOTE
*: CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR COUPLED: ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED: OFF
ACA02863 AB
Connector: C-126
C-316 (B)
C-303 (O)
C-126 (Y)
C-313 (Y)
ACA03077AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1403 <1st squib> or B1483 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1403 is set in the following diag-
TSB Revision
ACA03078 AB
52B-58
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the clock spring
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Short to the power supply in the driver's air bag
module (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-59
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-303/C-316
Air bag module
connector
ACA03054AB
CAUTION
Always DTC B1481 is set when checking DTC B1403. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1481 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1401 is set when checking DTC B1483
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the drivers air bag module. (Refer to
P.52B-375). Then go to Step 7.
TSB Revision
52B-60
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3 )
Clock spring
connector
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
ACA03067 AB
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert the resistor harness probe from the back of C-313
harness side connector terminals Nos. 3 and 4 <1st squib>
or terminal No. 2 and 1 <2nd squib>).
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1403. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault. In
addition, always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC
B1483 because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring (Refer to P.52B-375). Then
go to Step 7.
TSB Revision
52B-61
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Section
A-A
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 5, 6 <1st squib> or 3, 4 <2nd
squib> and the short spring to release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON.
AC905150 AG
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AH
TSB Revision
52B-62
<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02874 AB
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02874 AC
TSB Revision
52B-63
DTC B1404: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1405: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1414: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1415: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1424: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1425: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1434: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition Drive Circuit
DTC B1435: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
DTC B1444: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1445: Curtain Air Bag Module(RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1454: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1455: Curtain Air Bag Module(LH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1466: Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU
DTC B1467: Safing G-Sensor Open Circuit
DTC B1468: Safing G-Sensor Short Circuit
DTC B1469: Safing G-Sensor for Side Air Bag Faults
DTC B1478: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High
DTC B1479: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low
DTC B1484: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit
DTC B1485: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
DTC B1494: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1495: Passengers (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1496: SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM)
DTC B1497: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit (for frontal activation)
DTC B1498: SRS-ECU ROM or RAM
DTC B1547: Passengers air bag cut off activating circuit
DTC B1557: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit
DTC B1588: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Up converter unit)
DTC B1589: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (Down converter unit)
DTC B1590: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance big)
DTC B1591: SRS-ECU Backup Capacitor System (capacitance small)
DTC B1594: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor Malfunction (for side collision)
DTC B1607: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short
Circuit
DTC B1608: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open
Circuit
DTC B1613: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Short Circuit
DTC B1614: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected
Open Circuit
DTC B1615: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic safing sensor failure)
DTC B1616: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (for front air bag electronic safing circuit failure)
DTC B1618: SRS-ECU Safing G-sensor (Z axis low G-sensor failure)
DTC B1635: Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short
Circuit
DTC B1636: Driver's Knee Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit
CAUTION
If DTCs is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
TSB Revision
52B-64
B1455
B1466
Analog G-sensor
B1467
B1404
B1405
B1414
B1415
B1424
B1425
B1434
B1435
B1444
B1445
B1454
B1468
B1469
B1478
Capacitor
B1479
B1495
B1496
B1497
B1498
ROM or RAM
B1484
B1485
B1494
TSB Revision
52B-65
Code No.
Part/circuit integral to
SRS-ECU
Symptom
B1547
B1557
B1588
B1589
B1590
B1591
B1594
B1607
B1618
B1635
B1608
B1613
B1614
B1615
B1616
B1636
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
52B-66
CAUTION
If DTC B1406 or B1416 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of front impact sensor (RH) (for DTC
B1406) and front impact sensor (LH) (for DTC
B1416)
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-67
TSB Revision
52B-68
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
ACA02943 AB
Connector: C-126
Connector: A-58
A-58 (Y)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03086 AB
ACA03077AB
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Connector: C-127
ACA03076 AB
CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1407 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TSB Revision
52B-69
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-70
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between A-58 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
AC311097 AN
TSB Revision
52B-71
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
ACA02943 AB
Connector: C-126
Connector: A-58
A-58 (Y)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03086 AB
ACA03077AB
Connector: C-127
ACA03076 AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1408 or B1409 is set in the SRS-ECU,
TSB Revision
52B-72
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-73
TSB Revision
52B-74
DTC B1410: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib
Circuit Terminals)
DTC B1490: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib
Circuit Terminals)
NOTE
PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
ACA02879 AB
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC
CAUTION
If DTC B1410 <1st squib> or B1490 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1410 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1490 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
TSB Revision
52B-75
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the passenger's air bag
module (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-76
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Deck
crossmember
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
TSB Revision
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Deck
crossmember
52B-77
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector
AC306760AY
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1410. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B411 is set when checking DTC B1490
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the passenger's air bag module (Refer to
P.52B-382). Then go to Step 7.
TSB Revision
52B-78
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
<1st Squib>
Section
A-A
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.
AC905150 AD
Cable tie
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AE
TSB Revision
52B-79
<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1410 <1st
squib> or B1490 <2nd squib> set, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AH
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02867AI
TSB Revision
52B-80
DTC B1411: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
DTC B1491: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
NOTE
PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
ACA02879 AB
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC
CAUTION
If DTC B1411 <1st squib> or B1491 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1411 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1491 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
TSB Revision
52B-81
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the passenger's (front) air bag
module (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-82
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Deck
crossmember
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector
AC306760AY
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1411. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1411 is set when checking DTC B1491
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 5.
TSB Revision
52B-83
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
<1st Squib>
Section
A-A
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.
AC905150 AD
Cable tie
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AE
TSB Revision
52B-84
<1st squib>
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C-114 harness
side connector front side directly as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
<1st squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.7) and the passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.8) and the passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.1)
ACA02867AJ
<2nt squib>
<2nd squib>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.11) and the
passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.4)
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.12) and the
passengers (front) air bag module connector C-114 (terminal No.3)
ACA02867AK
TSB Revision
52B-85
DTC B1412: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
DTC B1492: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit
Ground)
NOTE
PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
ACA02879 AB
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC
CAUTION
If DTC B1412 <1st squib> or B1492 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1412 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1492 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
TSB Revision
52B-86
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Deck
crossmember
52B-87
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector
AC306760AY
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1B0E is set when checking DTC B1412. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1B0E is set but this is not a fault. In
addition, always DTC B1B0A is set when checking DTC
B1492 because the first side terminal is isolated.
(7) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 6.
TSB Revision
52B-88
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
<1st Squib>
Section
A-A
Cable tie
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.
AC905150 AD
Cable tie
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AE
TSB Revision
52B-89
<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02867AL
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1412 <1st
squib> B1492 <2nd squib> sets, replace the
SRS-ECU. (Refer to P.52B-371). Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02867AM
TSB Revision
52B-90
DTC B1413: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power
Supply)
DTC B1493: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power
Supply
NOTE
PASSENGER'S (FRONT)
AIR BAG MODULE
(SQUIB)
ACA02879 AB
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AC
CAUTION
If DTC B1413 <1st squib> or B1493 <2nd
squib> is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
When DTC B1413 is set in the following diagnosis, check the 1st squib circuit. When DTC
B1493 is set, check the 2nd squib circuit.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the front impact sensors
and the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the
impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the front air bag safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the air bag module
to inflate the air bag.
TSB Revision
52B-91
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-92
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Deck
crossmember
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
C-114 Harness
side connector
C-114 Passenger's (front)
air bag module connector
AC306760AY
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side
connector C-114 (terminal No.1 and 2 <1st squib> or
terminal No.3 and 4 <2nd squib>) by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
CAUTION
Always DTC B1491 is set when checking DTC B1413. This
is because the second side terminal is isolated when
checking it. DTC B1491 is set but this is not a fault. In addition, always DTC B1411 is set when checking DTC B1493
because the first side terminal is isolated.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the checked DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the passenger's (front) air bag module.
(Refer to P.52B-382). Then go to Step 6.
TSB Revision
52B-93
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Deck
crossmember
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
TSB Revision
52B-94
<1st Squib>
Cable tie
Section
A-A
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
<2nd Squib>
Section
A-A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(5) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 7 and 8 <1st squib> or 9 and 10
<2nd squib>, and the short spring to release the short
spring.
(6) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(7) Ignition switch: ON.
AC905150 AD
Cable tie
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AE
<1st squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02874 AD
<2nd squib>
C-126 Harness side
connector (front view)
ACA02874 AE
TSB Revision
52B-95
TSB Revision
52B-96
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
ACA02943 AB
Connector: C-126
Connector: A-45
A-45 (Y)
ACA03086 AD
Connector: C-127
ACA03076 AB
CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1417 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TSB Revision
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AB
CIRCUIT OPERATION
52B-97
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-98
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between A-45 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
AC311097 AO
TSB Revision
52B-99
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (RH)
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR (LH)
ACA02943 AB
Connector: C-126
Connector: A-45
A-45 (Y)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03086 AD
ACA03077AB
CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1418 or B1419 is set in the
SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
line.
Connector: C-127
ACA03076 AB
TSB Revision
52B-100
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the front impact sensor (LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-101
TSB Revision
52B-102
DTC B1420: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-39
D-39 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AB
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1420 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the side-airbag
module to inflate the side-airbag.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short between the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-103
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991934, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991934, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991934.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991934. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-104
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
TSB Revision
52B-105
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-39 Harness
side connector
D-39 Side-airbag
AC507310BM
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1420 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 7.
TSB Revision
52B-106
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AB
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1420 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AN
TSB Revision
52B-107
DTC B1421: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
TSB Revision
52B-108
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-39
D-39 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AB
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1421 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-109
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-39 Harness
side connector
D-39 Side-airbag
AC507310BM
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-39 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1421 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.
TSB Revision
52B-110
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AB
TSB Revision
52B-111
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-39 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.56) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.57) and the
side-airbag module (RH) connector D-39 (terminal No.1)
ACA02867AO
TSB Revision
52B-112
DTC B1422: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-39
D-39 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AB
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1422 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to ground in the side-airbag module (RH)
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-113
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-114
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-39 Harness
side connector
D-39 Side-airbag
AC507310BM
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1422 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback pad and frame assembly
(Refer to P.52B-390).
TSB Revision
52B-115
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AB
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1422 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AP
TSB Revision
52B-116
DTC B1423: Side-airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
TSB Revision
52B-117
Connector: D-39
D-39 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AB
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1423 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the side-airbag module (RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-118
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-39 Harness
side connector
D-39 Side-airbag
AC507310BM
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-39 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1423 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.
TSB Revision
52B-119
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 56, 57 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".
AC905468AB
TSB Revision
52B-120
DTC B1426: Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: RH)
DTC B1436: Malfunction of G-sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor (Front: LH)
CAUTION
If DTC B1426 or B1436 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of side impact sensor (Front: RH) (for
DTC B1426) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) (for
DTC B1436)
52B-121
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371) and side
impact sensor (Front: RH) (Refer to P.52B-398) (for
DTC B1426) or replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) (Refer
to P.52B-398) (for DTC B1436)
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-122
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)
ACA02943 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-01
D-01 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AC
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1427 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-123
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: RH) power
supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (front RH) connector D-01.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Front: RH) connector D-01,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-01 harness side connector
terminal 1and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
ACA02874AM
TSB Revision
52B-124
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)
ACA02943 AB
TSB Revision
52B-125
Connector: D-01
D-01 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AC
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1428 or B1429 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
If an impact of set value or more is detected, the side impact
sensor (Front: RH) sends the coded acceleration data to
SRS-ECU. Based on the acceleration data, SRS-ECU determines the necessity of side-airbag and curtain air bag deployment, and then turns ON the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: RH)
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
Required Special Tool:
MB991958: Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
MB991827: M.U.T.-III USB Cable
MB991910: M.U.T.-III Main Harness A (Vehicles with
CAN communication system)
TSB Revision
52B-126
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: RH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Alternate the side impact sensor (Front: RH) and the side
impact sensor (Front: LH), and then install the alternated
sensor.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnosis code from memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is DTC B1438 or B1439 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: RH) with a
new one. (Refer to P.52B-398). Then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
52B-127
TSB Revision
52B-128
DTC B1430: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02899 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-32
C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)
ACA03080AD
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1430 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
52B-129
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-130
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
TSB Revision
52B-131
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-32
Harness side
connector
D-32 Side-airbag
AC507310BN
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1430 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front seatback pad and frame assembly
(Refer to P.52B-390).
TSB Revision
52B-132
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AC
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1430 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AQ
TSB Revision
52B-133
DTC B1431: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02899 AB
TSB Revision
52B-134
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-32
C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)
ACA03080AD
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1431 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Open circuit in the side-airbag module (squib)
(LH) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-135
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-32
Harness side
connector
D-32 Side-airbag
AC507310BN
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-32 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase diagnostic trouble code memory, and then check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1431 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 5.
TSB Revision
52B-136
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AC
TSB Revision
ACA02867AR
52B-137
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D-32 harness side connector front side directly, as the connector
contact pressure may be weakened.
(5) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.39) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.1)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.40) and the
side-airbag module (LH) connector D-32 (terminal No.2)
Q: Does continuity exist?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1431 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 5.
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 and side-airbag module (LH)
connector D-32. Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5.Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1431 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
TSB Revision
52B-138
DTC B1432: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
Side-airbag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02899 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-32
C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)
ACA03080AD
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1432 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to ground in the left hand side-airbag module (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-139
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-140
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-32
Harness side
connector
D-32 Side-airbag
AC507310BN
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1432 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 6.
TSB Revision
52B-141
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AC
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code from memory, and
check the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1432 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AS
TSB Revision
52B-142
DTC B1433: Side-airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02899 AB
TSB Revision
52B-143
Connector: D-32
C-125 (Y)
D-32 (Y)
ACA03080AD
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1433 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensor
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the side-airbag module (LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-144
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991866
(Resistor harness)
D-32
Harness side
connector
D-32 Side-airbag
AC507310BN
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Insert special tool MB991866 into the D-32 harness side
connector by backprobing.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check the
diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC B1433 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the front seatback assembly (Refer to
P.52A-46). Then go to Step 6.
TSB Revision
52B-145
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Side-airbag
module
connector
AC706606AI
Cable tie
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 39, 40 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".
AC905468AC
TSB Revision
52B-146
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)
ACA02952 AB
TSB Revision
52B-147
Connector: D-29
C-125 (Y)
D-29 (Y)
ACA03080AE
ACA03077AE
.
CAUTION
If diagnosis code B1437 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Front: LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-148
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-29 harness side connector
terminal 1and ground.
Voltage should measure 9 volts or more
ACA02874AN
TSB Revision
52B-149
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)
ACA02952 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-29
C-125 (Y)
D-29 (Y)
ACA03080AE
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If the diagnosis code B1438 or B1439 is set to
SRS-ECU, be sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
.
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor transmits acceleration data
to the SRS-ECU. The SRS-ECU then determines. if
the side and/or curtain air bags should be inflated,
and then sends an ignition signal. The side impact
sensor also diagnoses itself, and sends a diagnosis
code to the SRS-ECU if a problem occurs.
52B-150
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Ignition: "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Front: LH).
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Alternate the side impact sensor (Front: LH) and the side
impact sensor (Front: RH), and then install the alternated
sensor.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Erase diagnosis code from memory, and check the
diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code B1428 or B1429 set?
YES : Replace the side impact sensor (Front: LH) with a
new one (Refer to P.52B-398). Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4
TSB Revision
52B-151
STEP 4. Check the harness wires for open circuit and short
circuit between SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.41
and 42) and side impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29
(terminal No.1 and 2).
Q: Are the harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 (terminal No.41 and 42) and side impact sensor
(Front: LH) connector D-29 (terminal No.1 and 2) in good
condition?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Repair the harness wires between SRS-ECU
connector C-125 (terminal No.41 and 42) and side
impact sensor (Front: LH) connector D-29 (terminal
No.1 and 2).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code B1438 or B1439 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : An intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-152
DTC B1440: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02908 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AF
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1440 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
52B-153
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-154
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
Locking button
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553CZ
TSB Revision
52B-155
DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-09 harness side connector
Cable tie
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AD
(5) Check for continuity between the C-124 wiring harness side
connector terminal No. 59 and No. 60.
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
ACA02867AT
TSB Revision
52B-156
DTC B1441: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02908 AB
TSB Revision
52B-157
Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AF
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1441 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Open circuit in the curtain air bag module (RH)
(squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-158
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553CZ
TSB Revision
52B-159
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
AC904706AC
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Cable tie
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59,60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AD
MB991884
D-09
Curtain air bag
module connector
AC201287 FW
TSB Revision
52B-160
AC506985EU
TSB Revision
52B-161
DTC B1442: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (RH) Circuit
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02908 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AF
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1442 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module
(RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-162
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
52B-163
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553CZ
TSB Revision
52B-164
DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Cable tie
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AD
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
ACA02867AU
TSB Revision
52B-165
DTC B1443: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02908 AB
TSB Revision
52B-166
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-09
D-09 (B)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AF
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1443 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag
module (RH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-167
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553CZ
TSB Revision
52B-168
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
To release C-124 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-09 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-09 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Cable tie
Terminal
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 59, 60 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AD
TSB Revision
52B-169
AC608813CQ
DTC B1446: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) System for Fault
DTC B1456: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) System for Fault
CAUTION
If DTC B1446 or B1456 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of side impact sensor (Rear: RH) (for
DTC B1446) and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (for
DTC B1456)
52B-170
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16). Then go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371) and side
impact sensor (Rear: RH) (Refer to P.52B-398) (for
DTC B1446) or replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371) and side impact sensor (Rear: LH) (Refer
to P.52B-398) (for DTC B1456)
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-171
DTC B1447: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) Power Supply Circuit System
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)
ACA02943 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-42
D-42 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AG
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1447 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
(squib)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-172
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the side impact sensor (Rear: RH) power
supply circuit. Measure the voltage at the side impact
sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-42.
(1) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Disconnect side impact sensor (Rear: RH) connector D-40,
and measure at the wiring harness side.
(3) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-42 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
A wave pattern of oscilloscope iterates an amplitude of 6
12 volts.
6 - 12 V
1V
OR LESS
1S
1S
1S
1S
AC500074 AB
TSB Revision
52B-173
DTC B1448: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit
DTC B1449: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: RH) (Squib) for Communication System
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: RH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: RH)
ACA02943 AB
TSB Revision
52B-174
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-42
D-42 (Y)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AG
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1448 or B1449 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: RH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-175
TSB Revision
52B-176
DTC B1450: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02919 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AH
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1450 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag
module (LH) to inflate the curtain air bag.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the curtain air bag module
(LH) (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
52B-177
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-178
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
Locking button
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DH
TSB Revision
52B-179
DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Cable tie
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AE
(5) Check for continuity between the C-125 wiring harness side
connector terminal No. 36 and No. 37.
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
ACA02867AV
TSB Revision
52B-180
DTC B1451: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02919 AB
TSB Revision
52B-181
Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AH
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1451 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Open circuit in the curtain air bag module (LH)
(squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-182
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DH
TSB Revision
52B-183
DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of D-17 curtain air bag module connector to the direction of
the arrow. After releasing the lock, disconnect the
connector.
Cable tie
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AE
MB991884
D-09
Curtain air bag
module connector
AC201287 FW
TSB Revision
52B-184
CAUTION
(6) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
Continuity between C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 36 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 1
Continuity between C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness
side connector terminal No. 37 and the resistor harness
connector terminal No. 2
AC506985EV
TSB Revision
52B-185
DTC B1452: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02919 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AH
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1452 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module
(LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-186
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
52B-187
AC904706AC
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DH
TSB Revision
52B-188
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
Cable tie
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
Terminal
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AE
TSB Revision
52B-189
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
ACA02867AW
DTC B1453: Curtain Air bag Module (LH) (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
Curtain Air Bag Module (Squib) (LH) Circuit
SRS-ECU
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
ACA02919 AB
TSB Revision
52B-190
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-17
D-17 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AH
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1453 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is
by detecting signals from the side impact sensors
installed on the lower side of the center pillar. If
the impact is over a predetermined level, the
SRS-ECU sends an ignition signal. At this time, if
the side collision safing G-sensor is on, the SRS
air bag will inflate.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag
module (LH) (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-191
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
TSB Revision
52B-192
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
To release C-125 SRS-ECU wiring harness side connector short spring in the following operations, disconnect D-17 air bag module connector in advance,
and keep the squib circuit shorted.
Locking button
(3) Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the D-17 harness side connector
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904706AC
Cable tie
Terminal
CAUTION
The short spring may not be released due to the insufficient insertion. Therefore, insert the insulator for 4 mm (0.6
inch) or more.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminal 36, 37 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AE
TSB Revision
52B-193
ACA02874AI
DTC B1457: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) Power Supply Circuit System
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)
ACA02952 AB
TSB Revision
52B-194
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-43
D-43 (Y)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AI
ACA03077AE
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1457 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The side impact sensor includes an analog G-sensor
and CPU, etc. The CPU monitors the analog G-sensor output signal. If the CPU judges that the curtain
air bag should be deployed, it sends a fire signal to
the SRS-ECU to deploy the curtain air bag. In addition, the CPU diagnoses the internal components of
the side impact sensor. If a malfunction occurs, it
requests the SRS-ECU to set a diagnostic trouble
code.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (Rear: LH)
(squib)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-195
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(5) Measure the voltage between D-43 harness side connector
terminal 1 and ground.
A wave pattern of oscilloscope iterates an amplitude of 6
12 volts.
6 - 12 V
1V
OR LESS
1S
1S
1S
1S
AC500074 AB
TSB Revision
52B-196
DTC B1458: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit
DTC B1459: Side Impact Sensor (Rear: LH) (Squib) for Communication System
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (REAR: LH)
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR (FRONT: LH)
ACA02952 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-43
D-43 (Y)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1458 or B1459 is set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TSB Revision
ACA03080AI
CIRCUIT OPERATION
52B-197
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the side impact sensor (rear LH)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-198
TSB Revision
52B-199
DTC B1476: Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.12 Circuit)
DTC B1477: Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply (Fuse No.18 Circuit)
FUSIBLE LINK
34
ETACS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
SRS-ECU
ACA02959 AB
TSB Revision
52B-200
Connector: C-126
ETACS-ECU
C-417
C-412 (BR)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03079 AB
ACA03077AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1476 (Fuse No.12) or B1477 (Fuse No.18)
is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN
main bus lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU is powered from the fusible link
(34).
The SRS-ECU power is supplied from two circuits. Even if one circuit is shut off, the air bag
can inflate.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Power supply fuse number 12,18 check.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check for a blown fuse.
(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait for at least
one minute and then turn the switch off.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-313
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4/2 and the C-27
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 61/62, and replace
the power supply fuse.
TSB Revision
52B-201
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 4. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the ETACS.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS, (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS, Diagnosis P.54A-671.
NO : Check the input signal of ETACS-ECU ignition switch
(IG1) (Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS, Symptom
procedures P.54A-728). Than go to step 5.
STEP 5. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-202
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
TSB Revision
52B-203
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)
<Fuse No.12>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.22) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 (terminal No.5)
<Fuse No.18>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.21) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867BG
ACA02867BF
TSB Revision
52B-204
DTC B1488: Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Short Circuit between Circuit Terminal)
SRS-ECU
ACA02964 AB
C-205 (GR)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AF
The passengers air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the
"ON" position and goes out after approximately
seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the
SRS system. In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that the passengers
(front) air bag is not operational.
The occupant is determined to be less than
66 lbs (30 kg) by the occupant classification-ECU.
The front passengers seat is not occupied.
CAUTION
If DTC B1488 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Power for the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is supplied from the fusible link (34).
TSB Revision
52B-205
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the passengers air bag OFF indicator light
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the passengers air bag OFF indicator light.
(1) It is checked whether the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is normal (Refer to P.52B-30).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace center panel assembly (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument Panel Assembly P.52A-3).
TSB Revision
52B-206
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 13 and the C-205
center panel assembly connector terminal No.14.
Then go to Step 6
ACA02867BH
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side
directly, as the connector contact pressure may be weakened.
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
AC608812 JV
TSB Revision
52B-207
DTC B1489: Passengers Air Bag OFF Indicator Light (Open Circuit)
SRS-ECU
ACA02964 AB
TSB Revision
52B-208
C-205 (GR)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03077AF
CAUTION
If DTC B1206 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Power for the passengers air bag OFF indicator
light is supplied from the fusible link (34).
The passengers air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the
"ON" position and goes out after approximately
seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the
SRS system. In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that the passengers
(front) air bag is not operational.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the passengers air bag OFF indicator light
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-209
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
TSB Revision
52B-210
ACA02874 AQ
CAUTION
If DTC B1499 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
TSB Revision
52B-211
HALL IC
SRS-ECU
ACA02977AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-33
D-33 (B)
C-124 (Y)
ACA03080AJ
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1527 or B1528 are set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat belt switch (drivers side)
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-212
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-213
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
ACA02867 BJ
ACA02874 AR
TSB Revision
52B-214
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
AC506985EX
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D-33 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.53) and the
seat belt switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal
No.3)
SRS-ECU connector C-124 (terminal No.58) and the
seat belt switch (drivers side) connector D-33 (terminal
No.4)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : go to Step 6.
NO : Repair harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-124 and the seat belt switch (drivers side)
connector D-33.
STEP 6. seat belt switch (drivers side) check.
Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-53
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch (drivers side) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-52).
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1527 or B1528 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.
TSB Revision
52B-215
HALL IC
SRS-ECU
ACA02978 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-40
C-125 (Y)
D-40 (B)
ACA03080AK
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1537 or B1538 are set in the SRS-ECU,
always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat belt switch (passengers
side)
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-216
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-217
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
ACA02867 BK
ACA02874 AS
TSB Revision
52B-218
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
AC506985EY
CAUTION
Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D-40 harness
side connector front side directly, as the connector contact
pressure may be weakened.
(4) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.33) and the
seat belt switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.2)
SRS-ECU connector C-125 (terminal No.38) and the
seat belt switch (passengers side) connector D-40 (terminal No.1)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : go to Step 6.
NO : Repair harness wires between SRS-ECU connector
C-125 and the seat belt switch (passengers side)
connector D-40.
STEP 6. Seat belt switch (passengers side) check.
Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-53
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch (passengers side)
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Belt P.52A-52).
STEP 7. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B1537 or B1538 set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : The procedure is complete.
TSB Revision
52B-219
CAUTION
If DTC B1556 is set in the Occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
line.
.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the seat slide sensor
Malfunction of occupant classification-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.00-15."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the occupant
classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-220
CAUTION
If DTC B1558 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the occupant classification-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check that the DTC is set in the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the occupant classification-ECU (Refer to
P.52B-371). Then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-221
DTC B1603: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit
Terminals)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
ACA02929 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-28
C-124 (Y)
D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO
ACA03077AD
CAUTION
If DTC B1603 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-222
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-223
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
TSB Revision
52B-224
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC
TSB Revision
52B-225
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Terminal
Cable tie
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AF
TSB Revision
52B-226
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1603 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AY
TSB Revision
52B-227
DTC B1604: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
ACA02929 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-28
C-124 (Y)
D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1604 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper connector contact
Open circuit in the driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
(squib) circuit
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-228
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-229
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC
TSB Revision
52B-230
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Terminal
Cable tie
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AF
TSB Revision
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
52B-231
D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC
1
2
AC506985EW
TSB Revision
52B-232
DTC B1605: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
ACA02929 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-28
C-124 (Y)
D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1605 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-233
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-234
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC
TSB Revision
52B-235
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Terminal
Cable tie
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
A
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AF
TSB Revision
52B-236
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1605 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867AX
TSB Revision
52B-237
DTC B1606: Driver's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (LH)
ACA02929 AB
Connector: C-124
Connector: D-28
C-124 (Y)
D-28 (B)
ACA03080AO
ACA03077AD
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1606 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the driver's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-238
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-28 Harness
side connector
AC301553DC
TSB Revision
52B-239
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
CAUTION
To prevent the seat belt pre-tensioner from deploying unintentionally, disconnect the drivers seat belt pre-tensioner
connector D-28 to short the squib circuit.
(3) Disconnect driver's seat belt pre-tensioner connector D-28.
Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at
the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in
two stages, and then disconnect the connector.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Terminal
Cable tie
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 54, 55 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AF
TSB Revision
52B-240
TSB Revision
52B-241
DTC B1609: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Short Circuit between Squib
Circuit Terminals)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
ACA02934 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-03
D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AP
ACA03077AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1609 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-242
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-243
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
TSB Revision
52B-244
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD
TSB Revision
52B-245
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AG
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1609 set, replace
the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go to Step
7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867AZ
TSB Revision
52B-246
DTC B1C49: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
ACA02934 AB
TSB Revision
52B-247
Connector: D-03
D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AP
ACA03077AE
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1C49 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Open circuit in the passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner (squib) circuit
Improper connector contact
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-248
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD
TSB Revision
52B-249
DANGER
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Terminal
Cable tie
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AG
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-03 Harness
side connector
AC201287 FZ
TSB Revision
52B-250
Resistor harness
side connector
AC608812JU
TSB Revision
52B-251
DTC B1C47: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit
Ground)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
ACA02934 AB
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-03
D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AP
ACA03077AE
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1C47 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the passenger's seat belt
pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
52B-252
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-253
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD
TSB Revision
52B-254
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Cable tie
Terminal
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905468AG
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1C47 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867BA
TSB Revision
52B-255
DTC B1612: Front Passenger's Seat belt Pre-tensioner (Squib) System (Shorted to Squib Circuit
Power Supply)
CONNECTOR
LOCK SWITCH
NOTE
: CONNECTOR COUPLED : ON
CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED : OFF
CONNECTOR
LOCK
SWITCH
SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER (RH)
ACA02934 AB
TSB Revision
52B-256
Connector: C-125
Connector: D-03
D-03 (B)
C-125 (Y)
ACA03080AP
ACA03077AE
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1612 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the pre-tensioner will deploy.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the power supply in the passenger's seat
belt pre-tensioner (squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-257
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
D-03 Harness
side connector
AC301553DD
TSB Revision
52B-258
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
Cable tie
Terminal
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 31, 32 and the short spring to
release the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: "ON".
AC905468AG
TSB Revision
52B-259
CAUTION
If DTCs is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in the circuit
inside the SRS-ECU.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
TSB Revision
52B-260
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Check if the DTC is set.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC output regardless of "Active" or "Stored"
faults?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-261
DTC B1631: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals)
NOTE
ACA02938 AB
Connector: C-126
Connector: C-223
C-126 (Y)
C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC
ACA03077AB
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1631 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper engaged connector or defective short
spring*
Short circuit between the knee air bag module
(squib) circuit terminals
Damaged connector(s)
52B-262
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3 .
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-263
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Harness side
connector
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
Harness side
connector
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DG
TSB Revision
52B-264
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
Cable tie
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AF
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1631 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
ACA02867BB
TSB Revision
52B-265
DTC B1632: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Squib Circuit Open)
NOTE
ACA02938 AB
TSB Revision
52B-266
Connector: C-126
Connector: C-223
C-126 (Y)
C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC
ACA03077AB
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1632 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Improper connector contact
Open circuit in the knee air bag module (squib)
circuit
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-267
Harness side
connector
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DG
TSB Revision
52B-268
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
Cable tie
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AF
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
C-223
Harness side
connector
AC201287 GB
TSB Revision
52B-269
Resistor harness
side connector
ACA02867BC
DTC B1633: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib Circuit Ground)
NOTE
ACA02938 AB
TSB Revision
52B-270
Connector: C-126
Connector: C-223
C-126 (Y)
C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC
ACA03077AB
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1633 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to the ground in the knee air bag module
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-271
Harness side
connector
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DK
TSB Revision
52B-272
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
Cable tie
A
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
4 mm or more
Short spring
AC905150 AF
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory, and check
the diagnostic trouble code. If DTC B1633 sets,
replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371). Then go
to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA02867BD
TSB Revision
52B-273
DTC B1634: Driver's Knee Air Bag (Squib) System (Shorted To Squib Circuit Power Supply)
NOTE
ACA02938 AB
TSB Revision
52B-274
Connector: C-126
Connector: C-223
C-126 (Y)
C-223 (B)
ACA03076 AC
ACA03077AB
.
CAUTION
If DTC B1B11 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS-ECU judges how severe a collision is by
detecting signals from the front impact sensors and
the front air bag analog G-sensor. If the impact is
over a predetermined level, the SRS-ECU sends an
ignition signal. At this time, if the front air bag safing
G-sensor is on, the knee air bag module will deploy.
TROUBLESHOOTING HITS
Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors
Short to power supply in the knee air bag module
(squib) harness
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-275
Harness side
connector
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
MB991865
(Dummy resistor: 3
MB991884
(Resistor harness)
AC301553DK
TSB Revision
52B-276
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
DANGER
Locking button
Pre-tensioner
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AC
Cable tie
A
4 mm or more
Short spring
CAUTION
Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm
(0.16 inch) or more, otherwise the short spring will not be
released.
(4) Insert a cable tie [3 mm (0.12 inch) wide, 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
thick] between terminals 1, 2 and the short spring to release
the short spring.
(5) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(6) Ignition switch: ON.
AC905150 AF
TSB Revision
52B-277
CAUTION
If DTC B1699 is set in the SRS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus line.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of the CAN bus line
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
This DTC is set when the air bags have deployed
simultaneously. If this DTC is set before the air bags
have deployed, an internal failure may have occurred
in the SRS-ECU.
CAUTION
If the DTC B2206 is set to SRS-ECU, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line.
.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Chassis number not written
Installation of SRS-ECU removed from another
vehicle
Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
Malfunction of engine-ECU
Malfunction of CAN bus line
52B-278
CAUTION
If DTC B222C is set, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
CAUTION
If DTC B223B is set to SRS-ECU, be sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
.
FUNCTION
The SRS-ECU will set DTC B223B when component(s) other than those coded in the ECU is connected to the ECU.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
This code will be set when the coded components do
not correspond to the vehicle specification.(the components to be checked are squib, impact sensor and
passenger's airbag cutoff switch).Furthermore, this
code will also be set when the front and side impact
sensors are interchanged.
.
PROBABLE CAUSES
CAUTION
If the DTC U0019 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
52B-279
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(2) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2 .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
CAUTION
If the DTC U0141 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The ETACS-ECU may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
52B-280
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the ETACS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0141 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0141 is set in occupant classification-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-281
CAUTION
If the DTC U0154 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the occupant
classification-ECU diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC 5 set?
YES : Carry out troubleshooting of the occupant
classification-ECU or the occupant classification
sensor system (Refer to P.52B-292). Then go to Step
4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
TSB Revision
52B-282
CAUTION
If the DTC U0155 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The combination meter may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
52B-283
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the combination
meter diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the combination meter. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0155 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0155 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit,
radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the combination meter (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to P.52B-371).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-284
CAUTION
If the DTC U0164 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The A/C-ECU may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the A/C
diagnostic trouble code
Check if DTC is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the A/C. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0164 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0164 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN
box unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 55A,
A/C-ECU P.55A-116).
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
52B-285
CAUTION
If DTC U0168 is set, be sure to diagnose the
CAN bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-286
CAUTION
If the DTC U0184 is set, be sure to diagnose
the CAN main bus line.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The radio and CD player or CD changer may be
defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
52B-287
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio
diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the radio and CD player. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0184 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0184 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player (Refer to GROUP
54A, Radio and CD player P.54A-399).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-288
CAUTION
If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus may be defective.
The satellite radio tuner may be defective.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the satellite radio
tuner diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the satellite radio tuner. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0195 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0195 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM,
A/C-ECU, CAN box unit, radio and CD player, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the satellite radio tuner (Refer to GROUP
54A, Satellite Radio Tuner P.54A-641).
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
52B-289
CAUTION
If the DTC U0245 is set, diagnose the CAN bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the SRS circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the audio visual navigation unit
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-290
CAUTION
If the DTC U1000 is set, diagnose the CAN bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the SRS circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU
52B-291
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the OSS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U1000 for other system.
Check if the DTC U1000 is set in ETACS-ECU, occupant classification-ECU, combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or
WCM, CAN box unit, radio and CD player, satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
P.42B-224).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-292
M1524003302427
Reference page
B1B78
B1B79
B1B7A
P.52B-300
B1B7D
P.52B-294
B1B7E
B1B7F
P.52B-300
B1B82
P.52B-294
B1B83
B1B84
P.52B-300
B1B87
P.52B-294
B1B88
B1B89
P.52B-300
B1B8C
P.52B-304
B1B8D
P.52B-308
B1B8E
P.52B-312
B1B91
P.52B-315
B1BA7
P.52B-300
B1BA8
P.52B-317
B1BBA
P.52B-319
B1BBC
P.52B-320
B1BBD
P.52B-322
TSB Revision
P.52B-294
52B-293
Diagnostic trouble
Code No.
Inspection item
Reference page
B1C23
P.52B-323
B1C24
P.52B-323
B1C25
P.52B-323
B1C26
P.52B-323
B1CB2
P.52B-324
B210D
P.52B-325
B210E
P.52B-325
B2206
P.52B-329
B2212
P.52B-324
B2250
P.52B-324
B2262
P.52B-324
U0020
P.52B-330
U0021
P.52B-330
U0022
P.52B-330
U0023
P.52B-330
U0024
P.52B-330
U0025
P.52B-330
U0026
P.52B-330
U0141
P.52B-331
U0151
P.52B-333
U0155
P.52B-334
U0164
P.52B-335
U0168
P.52B-337
U0184
P.52B-338
U0195
P.52B-340
U0245
P.52B-341
U1000
P.52B-342
U1419
P.52B-344
U141A
P.52B-344
U141B
P.52B-344
U141C
P.52B-344
U1423
P.52B-344
TSB Revision
52B-294
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU
WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: LH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: RH)
ACA02984 AB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-48-5
D-48-6
D-48-4
D-48-2
D-48-1
52B-295
D-48-3
.
ACA03524 AC
CAUTION
If DTC B1B78, B1B7D, B1B82 or B1B87 is set in
the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The weight sensor may be defective.
Occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-296
TSB Revision
52B-297
DTC B1B79: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (front: LH)
DTC B1B7E: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (front: RH)
DTC B1B83: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (rear: LH)
DTC B1B88: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (ground side) Short-circuited (rear: RH)
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU
WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: LH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: RH)
ACA02984 AB
TSB Revision
52B-298
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Connector: D-48-1
CAUTION
If DTC B1B79, B1B7E, B1B83 or B1B88 is set in
the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-299
AC608812JW
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 3, 5, 9,
7 and weight sensor connector D-48-3, 4, 5, 6
terminals 3 (signal line) or occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-1 terminals 1 and
weight sensor connector D-48-3 terminals 2 (power
supply line). Then go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTCs B1B79, B1B7E, B1B83, B1B88 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-300
DTC B1B7A: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (front: LH)
DTC B1B7F: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (front: RH)
DTC B1B84: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (rear: LH)
DTC B1B89: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (power supply side) Short-circuited or Open (rear: RH)
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: LH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(FRONT: RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU
WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: LH)
WEIGHT SENSOR
(REAR: RH)
ACA02984 AB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-48-5
D-48-6
D-48-4
D-48-2
D-48-1
52B-301
D-48-3
.
ACA03524 AC
CAUTION
If DTC B1B7A, B1B7F, B1B84 or B1B89 is set in
the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-302
AC608813 CO
TSB Revision
D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC608812 JZ
D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
Harness side
connector
(front view)
AC608812JY
D-48-3, D-48-4,
D-48-5, D-48-6
D-48-1 Harness side Harness side
connector (front view) connector
(front view)
52B-303
AC608812 JX
TSB Revision
52B-304
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC
ACA02992 AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1B8C is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-48
D-46 (GR)
ACA03080AS
Connector: D-48-2
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
ACA03524 AE
TSB Revision
52B-305
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Check the occupant classification-ECU connector
D-48-2, front seat assembly connector D-48 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 for loose, corroded or damaged
terminals, or terminals pushed back in the connector.
Q: Is the occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2,
front seat assembly connector D-48 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46 in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the component(s) (Refer to GROUP 00E,
Harness Connector Inspection P.00E-2).
TSB Revision
52B-306
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.1)
AC608812KA
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(3) Check for continuity between D-48-2 harness side
connector terminals 27 and 29.
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.
AC608812KB
TSB Revision
52B-307
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between D-48-2 Occupant
classification-ECU connector terminals No.27, 29 and body
ground.
It should be open circuit.
Q: Is it open circuit?
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Repair the harness wires between occupant
classification-ECU connector D-48-2 and seat slide
sensor connector D-46.
AC608812KC
TSB Revision
52B-308
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC
ACA02992 AB
TSB Revision
52B-309
CIRCUIT OPERATION
Connector: D-46
D-46 (GR)
.
ACA03080AT
Connector: D-48-2
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
ACA03524 AE
CAUTION
If DTC B1B8D is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-310
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(2) Check for continuity between the following terminals. It
should be less than 2 ohms.
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.27) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.2)
Occupant classification-ECU connector D-48-2 (terminal
No.29) and the seat slide sensor connector D-46 (terminal No.1)
AC608812KD
TSB Revision
52B-311
TSB Revision
52B-312
DTC B1B8E: Driver Seat Slide Sensor Short (Power Supply Side) Circuit
Seat Slide Sensor Circuit
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATIONECU
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
SEAT SLIDE
SENSOR
HALL IC
ACA02992 AB
CAUTION
If DTC B1B8E is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
Connector: D-46
CIRCUIT OPERATION
D-46 (GR)
ACA03080AT
Connector: D-48-2
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
ACA03524 AE
TSB Revision
52B-313
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-314
CAUTION
Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front
side directly, as the connector contact pressure may be
weakened.
(4) Measure the voltage between D-48-2 harness side
connector terminals 27, 29 and body ground.
Voltage should measure 1 volt or less.
AC608813 CP
TSB Revision
52B-315
CAUTION
If DTC B1B91 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-316
CAUTION
If DTC B1BA7 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-317
CAUTION
If DTC B1BA8 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.
TSB Revision
52B-318
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BA7 set?
YES : After executing zero calibration of the occupant
classification-ECU, execute 30 Kg (66 pounds)
system and 0 Kg (0 pound) system. Then go to Step
3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-319
CAUTION
If DTC B1BBA is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-320
CAUTION
If DTC B1BBC is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The load data from the weight sensor is classified
with the occupant classification-ECU, and its classified information is send to SRS-ECU by CAN bus
line. The SRS-ECU determines the air bag deployment based on this classified information, and controls the power supply circuit to the inflator.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
An object is caught in between the passenger seat and floor.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Check for an object caught in between the
passenger seat and floor.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : It corrects.
TSB Revision
52B-321
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC B1BBC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-322
CAUTION
If DTC B1BBD is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Zero calibration not executed
The Occupant Classification-ECU may be defective.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Zero calibration of occupant classification -ECU
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Check if the DTC is set.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-323
DTC B1C23: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: LH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C24: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (front: RH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C25: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: LH) Configuration Mismatch
DTC B1C26: Passenger Seat Weight Sensor (rear: RH) Configuration Mismatch
CAUTION
If DTC B1C23, B1C24 B1C25, B1C26 is set in the
occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Zero calibration not executed
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the zero calibration, and check the DTC
again. If the DTC is set, replace the front seat cushion
frame (RH).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-324
CAUTION
If DTC B1CB2, B2212, B2250, B2262 is set in the
occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose
the CAN main bus lines.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in
the circuit inside the occupant classification-ECU.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-325
ETACS-ECU
FRONT SEAT
ASSEMBLY (RH)
OCCUPANT
CLASSIFICATION-ECU
ACA02995 AB
Connector: D-48-2
ETACS-ECU
C-415
C-408 (B)
ACA03079 AC
TSB Revision
ACA03524 AE
52B-326
CAUTION
If DTC B210D, B210E is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The occupant classification-ECU sets DTC B210D if
the power supply fuse voltage decreases to the
specified value or less, and sets DTC B210E if the
power supply fuse voltage increases to the specified
value or more.
.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Measure the voltage at the occupant
classification-ECU connector.
(1) Disconnect the D-48-2 occupant classification-ECU
connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the D-48-2 harness side
connector terminal No. 21 and the body ground.
The voltage should measure 12 volts (battery positive
voltage).
TSB Revision
52B-327
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS (Refer to GROUP 54A, ETACS,
Diagnosis P.54A-671).
NO : Check the input signal of ETACS-ECU ignition switch
(IG1) (Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS, Symptom
procedures P.54A-728). Than go to step 8.
TSB Revision
52B-328
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 9. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 10. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC B210D or B210E set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-329
CAUTION
If DTC B2206 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line.
.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
If the registered chassis number is different from the
chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines,
the occupant classification-ECU sets the DTC
B2206.
.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
If the chassis number registered to occupant classification-ECU and the chassis number on CAN bus
lines do not match, the occupant classification-ECU
determines that a problem has occurred.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Chassis number not written
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
The CAN bus line may be defective.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Accuracy check is performed. Then go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Zero calibration of occupant classification-ECU.
(2) Erase the DTC.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(4) Check if DTC is set.
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-330
CAUTION
If the DTC U0020, U0021, U0022, U0023,
U0024, U0025, U0026 is set in the occupant
classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN
main bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-331
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-46).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
CAUTION
If the DTC U0141 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The ETACS-ECU may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
52B-332
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the ETACS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0141 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0141 is set in SRS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 54A,
ETACS ETACS-ECU P.54A-768).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-333
CAUTION
If DTC U0151 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The SRS-ECU may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the SRS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the SRS-ECU. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0151 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0151 is set in ETACS-ECU, combination
meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 52B,
SRS-ECU P.52B-371).
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
52B-334
CAUTION
If the DTC U0155 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The combination meter may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-335
CAUTION
If the DTC U0164 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if the
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, the occupant
classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The A/C-ECU may be defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
52B-336
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the A/C
diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the A/C. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0164 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0164 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box unit, radio
and CD player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 55A,
A/C-ECU P.55A-116).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-337
CAUTION
If DTC U0168 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if the
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, the occupant
classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the KOS-ECU or
WCM diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS-ECU or WCM.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the KOS or WCM. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0168 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0168 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, CAN box unit, radio and CD
player, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the KOS -ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
KOS-ECU P.42B-218) or WCM (Refer to GROUP
42C, WCMP.42C-93)
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
52B-338
CAUTION
If the DTC U0184 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus line may be defective
The radio and CD player or CD changer may be
defective
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective
52B-339
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the audio
diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the DTC is set to the audio.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the radio and CD player. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0184 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0184 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, satellite radio tuner, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player (Refer to GROUP
54A, Radio and CD player P.54A-399).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classification-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-340
CAUTION
If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
occupant classification-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is
present.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The CAN bus may be defective.
The satellite radio tuner may be defective.
The occupant classification-ECU may be defective.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the satellite radio
tuner diagnostic trouble code.
Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the satellite radio tuner. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U0195 for other system.
Check if the DTC U0195 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, CAN box
unit, radio and CD player, OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the satellite radio tuner (Refer to GROUP
54A, Satellite Radio Tuner P.54A-641).
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
52B-341
CAUTION
If DTC U0245 is set in the occupant classification-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
audio visual navigation becomes unable to perform
the normal data transmission, occupant classification-ECU determines that an abnormality is present.
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the signals from audio visual navigation unit
cannot be received, the occupant classification system sets DTC U0245.
.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-342
CAUTION
If the DTC U1000 is set, diagnose the CAN bus
lines.
When replacing the ECU, always check that
the SRS circuit is normal.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Because of the CAN-B bus circuit malfunction, if
SRS-ECU becomes unable to perform the normal
data transmission, SRS-ECU determines that an
abnormality is present.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU
52B-343
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
scan tool P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Using scan tool MB991958, read the OSS-ECU
diagnostic trouble code
Check if the DTC is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS. Then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, read diagnostic
trouble code No. U1000 for other system.
Check if the DTC U1000 is set in ETACS-ECU, SRS-ECU,
combination meter, A/C-ECU, KOS-ECU or WCM, radio and
CD player, satellite radio tuner.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 42B,
P.42B-224).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS-ECU.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) position to "ON"
position.
(3) Check if DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
Service Points P.00-15).
TSB Revision
52B-344
DTC U1419: The signal from a weight sensor (front: LH) is unusual
DTC U141A: The signal from a weight sensor (front: RH) is unusual
DTC U141B: The signal from a weight sensor (rear: LH) is unusual
DTC U141C: The signal from a weight sensor (rear: RH) is unusual
DTC U1423: The signal from a weight sensor is unusual
.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
STEP 2. Check the weight sensor.
Check the diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is DTC U1419, U141A, U141B, U141C, U1423 set?
YES : Replace the passenger seat cushion frame assembly
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Front Seat Assembly
P.52A-42).
NO : The procedure is complete.
M1524003401465
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC code associated with
another system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. After completing the repair, confirm all
systems for DTC code(s). If DTC code(s) are set,
erase them all.
SYMPTOM
P.52B-345
P.52B-346
P.52B-350
P.52B-352
TSB Revision
52B-345
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection procedure 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the SRS-ECU is not possible.
.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958. Refer to "How to connect the
Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) P.52B-27."
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is the CAN bus line found to be normal?
YES : Check and repair the power supply circuit system
(Refer to P.52B-346).
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-346
FUSIBLE LINK
34
ETACS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
SRS-ECU
ACA02959 AB
TSB Revision
52B-347
Connector: C-126
ETACS-ECU
C-417
C-412 (BR)
C-126 (Y)
ACA03079 AB
ACA03077AB
.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
To SRS-ECU, the power is supplied from two independent circuits (fuse No. 12 and 18) via IG1 relay of
ETACS-ECU.
If the power is not supplied to SRS-ECU, the communication between scan tool (M.U.T.-III Sub
Assembly) and SRS-ECU cannot be established.
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Power supply fuse check.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check for a blown fuse.
(1) Replace the fuse.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, wait for at least
one minute and then turn the switch off.
(3) Check the fuse.
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-417
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5 and the C-126
SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 22 <Fuse No.12>
or C-412 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4 and
the C-126 SRS-ECU connector terminal No. 21
<Fuse No.18> , and replace the power supply fuse.
TSB Revision
52B-348
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
TSB Revision
52B-349
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
C-126
Harness side
connector
(front view)
<Fuse No.12>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.22) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-417 (terminal No.5)
<Fuse No.18>
SRS-ECU connector C-126 (terminal No.21) and the
ETACS-ECU connector C-412 (terminal No.4)
ACA02867BM
ACA02867BL
TSB Revision
52B-350
FUSIBLE LINK
34
ETACS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
JOINT CONNECTOR
(CAN1)
SRS-ECU
CAN TRANSCEIVER
CIRCUIT
CPU
LCD (SRS)
RHEOSTAT
COMBINATION METER
ACA03003 AB
TSB Revision
52B-351
Connector: C-203
C-126 (Y)
ACA03076 AD
ACA03077AB
Connector: C-417
ETACS-ECU
ACA03079 AD
As a cause, the failure of CAN bus line, combination meter, or SRS-ECU is suspected.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position and
goes out after approximately seven seconds if
there is not a malfunction in the SRS system.
SRS-ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to
the combination meter via the CAN communication.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Combination meter malfunction
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
TSB Revision
52B-352
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The SRS warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position and
goes out after approximately seven seconds if
there is not a malfunction in the SRS system.
SRS-ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to
the combination meter via the CAN communication.
TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Combination meter malfunction
Malfunction of SRS-ECU
52B-353
DIAGNOSIS
STEP 1. Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus
line.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(1) Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Diagnose the CAN bus line.
Q: Is the check result satisfactory?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP 54C,
Diagnosis P.54C-16).
STEP 2. Recheck of the SRS warning light
(1) Connect the negative battery terminal.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
Q: Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately
7 seconds and then go out after the ignition switch is
turned to the "ON" position?
YES : There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor
engaged connector(s) or open circuit (Refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction P.00-15).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Using scan tool MB991958, check actuator test
Check the combination meter actuator tests.
Item No. 07: Indicator 1
Q: Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the combination meter. (Refer to GROUP
54A, Combination Meter P.54A-122.)
STEP 4. Recheck for diagnostic trouble code.
Check again if the DTC is set.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the DTC is set.
(4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Q: Is DTC set?
YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant DTC.
NO : Go to Step 5
TSB Revision
52B-354
M1524003500555
Always
02
Always
Normal conditions
Maximum time to be stored: 9,999
minutes (approximately seven
days)
The following items can be read by the scan tool from the occupant classification-ECU input data.
Item No.
Check conditions
Normal conditions
01
Passenger weight
02
0 to 1,700 mA
03
0 to 5,000 mV
07
08
occupant classification
status
Empty/RFIS*/Child/More
5th%/Less 5th%/Undermined
10
Battery voltage
Always
6.5 to 16 V
21
22
0 to 5,000 mV
23
24
0 to 5,000 mV
25
26
0 to 5,000 mV
TSB Revision
52B-355
Item No.
Check conditions
Normal conditions
27
28
0 to 5,000 mV
30
VIN Information
Always
M1524003600358
Driven
component
01
ON
03
M1524003700173
TSB Revision
M1524025800101
52B-356
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool
M1524000701832
Supersession
Application
MB990784
Ornament remover
Removal of cover.
MB990803
Steering wheel puller
MB991958
a: MB991824
b: MB991827
c: MB991910
d: MB991911
e: MB991914
f: MB991825
g: MB991826
Scan tool (M.U.T.-III sub
assembly)
a: Vehicle communication
interface (V. C. I.)
b: M.U.T.-III USB cable
c: M.U.T.-III main harness
A (Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d: M.U.T.-III main
harness B (Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
e: M.U.T.-III main
harness C (for Chrysler
models only)
f: M.U.T.-III measurement
adapter
g: M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
MB991824-KIT
NOTE: g: MB991826
M.U.T.-III Trigger
Harness is not
necessary when
pushing V.C.I. ENTER
key.
MB990784
MB990803AB
MB991824
MB991827
MB991910
d
Do not use
MB991911
e
Do not use
MB991914
MB991825
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
Checking diagnostic trouble code
MB991826
MB991958
MB991865
Dummy resistor
MB991865
TSB Revision
Tool
Supersession
52B-357
Application
MB991866
Resistor harness
MB991884
Resistor harness
MB991885
Adapter harness
MB991866
MB991884
MB991885
MB991223
a: MB991219
b: MB991220
c: MB991221
d: MB991222
Harness set
a: Test harness
b: LED harness
c: LED harness adaptor
d: Probe
Do not use
MB991223BD
MB992102
Air bag inflation adapter
harness
MB992102
MB992006
Extra fine probe
MB992006
TEST EQUIPMENT
Tool
Name
AC000019AB
M1524000800698
Use
Digital multi-meter
Checking the SRS electrical circuitry with
Use a multi-meter for which the maximum SRS check harness
test current is 2 mA or less at the minimum
range of resistance measurement
TSB Revision
52B-358
POST-COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
M1524001102331
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector
(16-pin).
2. Read (and write down) all displayed diagnostic trouble
codes (Refer to P.52B-32).
NOTE: If the battery power supply has been disconnected or
disrupted by the collision, scan tool MB991958 cannot communicate with the SRS-ECU. Check the battery, then check
and, if necessary, repair the front wiring harness and the
instrument panel wiring harness before proceeding.
3. Read the data list (fault duration and how many times
memories are erased), using scan tool MB991958 (Refer to
P.52B-354).
4. Erase the diagnostic trouble codes, and then turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
5. Wait for at least one second, and then turn the ignition
switch to the ON position again.
6. After waiting 15 seconds or more, note all displayed
diagnostic trouble codes (Refer to P.52B-27).
REPAIR PROCEDURE
.
TSB Revision
52B-359
TSB Revision
52B-360
Front impact
sensor
1. Check the front end upper bar for distortion and rust.
2. Check the front impact sensor for dents, cracks, deformation
or rust.
3. Check the front impact sensor wiring harness for binding,
check the connector for damage, and check the terminals
for deformation.
NOTE: The illustration shows the side impact sensor (RH).
The position of the side impact sensor (LH) is symmetrical to
this.
AC904831AH
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU
G and
yaw rate sensor
AC904903 AH
TSB Revision
52B-361
Squib connector
Inflator
ACA03012
Squib connectors
ACA03361AB
Squib
connectors
Inflator
AC905122 AD
AC507151AB
TSB Revision
52B-362
CLOCK SPRING
Case
Protective tubes
ACA03431 AC
.
<Front>
ACA03561 AB
.
ACA03525AB
TSB Revision
52B-363
Weight sensor
Occupant
classification-ECU
Weight
sensor
2 AC
AC701992
.
Inflator
1. Check the wiring harness (built into the steering wheel) and
the connectors for damage, and the terminals for
deformation.
2. Install the air bag module to check fit or alignment with the
steering wheel.
3. Check the steering wheel for noise, binding or difficult
operation and excessive free play.
4. Check the steering column shaft shock absorbing
mechanism (Refer to GROUP 37, On-Vehicle Service
Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing
Mechanism Check P.37-77).
.
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
(RH)
AC904968 AD
TSB Revision
52B-364
M1524002901166
WARNING
If heat damage occurs during paint work, remove
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR
M1524025100157
TSB Revision
52B-365
CAUTION
The following precaution must be observed when executing accuracy testing and calibration.
Perform the occupant classification sensor calibration
at room temperature. (Proposal: 20 15C (68 27 F))
(Before the calibration, place the occupant classification sensor more than 30 minutes at room temperature.)
Do not apply any load or vibration while the weight
check and the calibration is performed.
Perform the weight check and the calibration after seat
components are all assembled.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
1. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827
Special Function
System Select
OCM
ACA00016 AB
NXXXXXXXXX
Special Function
AC609603AB
TSB Revision
52B-366
AC609604 AB
Zero-calibration
Completed.
Go on to the 66lbs System Test.
AC710647AB
AC710648AB
(9) The 66 lbs system test has been completed when the
screen as shown in the illustration is displayed. The OK
button is pushed and it progresses to the next.
(10)The start of 0 lbs system test.
AC710649AB
AC710650AB
TSB Revision
52B-367
AC710651AB
M1524001501897
WARNING
Never repair or disassemble the front impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Handle the front impact sensors very carefully, taking care not to drop them. They must
10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb
Battery
ACA03424 AB
<<A>>
1.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
TSB Revision
52B-368
<<B>>
>>A<<
>>B<<
3.
2.
>>C<<
10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb
ACA03425 AB
<<A>>
1.
<<B>>
2.
3.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
Front impact sensor connector
connection
Front impact sensor
TSB Revision
>>A<<
>>B<<
2.
1.
>>C<<
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front impact sensor
Front impact sensor connector
connection
Headlight support upper panel
cover (Refer to Group 51, Front
bumper P.51-4)
Post-installation inspection
52B-369
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
Connector lock
AC904777AF
TSB Revision
52B-370
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524001600987
WARNING
TSB Revision
52B-371
M1524002101870
DANGER
The SRS-ECU adopts the rollover specification that the curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner operate at the occurrence of rollover. Therefore, do not tilt the vehicle to the right and
left with the IG ON or tilt the SRS-ECU to the right and left with the IG ON and the harness
installed.
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the SRS-ECU. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the SRS-ECU to impact or vibration. If denting, cracking, deforma-
tion, or rust are discovered in the SRS-ECU, replace it with a new SRS-ECU.
After deployment of an air bag, replace the SRS-ECU with a new one.
Never use an ohmmeter on or near the SRS-ECU, and use only the special test equipment
described here P.52B-357.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb
9.0 2.0 Nm
80 17 in-lb
12 5 Nm
106 44 in-lb
ACA03426 AB
TSB Revision
52B-372
<<A>>
2.
3.
4.
5.
<<B>>
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Floor console bracket front (Refer
to GROUP 52A Front Floor
Console Assembly P.52A-9).
SRS-ECU mounting bolt (ground
bolt)
SRS-ECU mounting bolt
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU harness cover
>>A<<
>>B<<
5.
4.
3.
2.
1.
>>C<<
Installation steps
SRS-ECU harness cover
SRS-ECU
SRS-ECU mounting bolt
SRS-ECU mounting bolt (ground
bolt)
Floor console bracket front (Refer
to GROUP 52A Front Floor
Console Assembly P.52A-9).
Negative () battery cable
connection
Post-installation inspection
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape
the terminal to prevent accidental connection and deployment.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
TSB Revision
52B-373
Lock lever
AC905015 AC
AC105754 AD
TSB Revision
52B-374
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524002200777
WARNING
If a dent, crack, deformation or rust is discovered, replace the SRS-ECU with a new
one.
Check the SRS-ECU and brackets for dents,
cracks or deformation.
TSB Revision
52B-375
M1524047500669
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules or clock spring. If faulty,
replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or clock spring or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Replace it if a dent, crack, deformation or rust is detected.
The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward.
Do not place anything on top of it.
Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93C (200F).
After the air bag deployment, replace the air bag module with a new one. Also, check the
clock spring, and replace with a new part if there is an abnormality.
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners,
may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the procedures (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle
(On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364).
After the installation, perform a calibration for the ASC-ECU to learn the steering wheel
sensor neutral point. (Refer to GROUP 35C, On-vehicle Service Steering Wheel Sensor
Calibration P.35C-273).
Pre-removal operation
Check that the front wheels are at the straight-ahead position.
TSB Revision
52B-376
Column switch
B
44 11 Nm
32 8 ft-lb
B
A
6
7
AC905017
Section A - A
Section B - B
C
Claw
Claw
2
Section C - C
Steering wheel
lower cover
9.5 2.5 Nm
84 22 in-lb
ACA03542
ACA03427AB
<<A>>
<<B>>
1.
2.
3.
4.
<<C>>
>>A<<
>>C<<
>>D<<
<<A>>
<<C>>
4.
3.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
<<D>>
6.
<<E>>
7.
8.
TSB Revision
>>A<<
8.
>>B<<
7.
>>C<<
6.
5.
>>D<<
4.
3.
2.
52B-377
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
CAUTION
Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag
module circuit. Never attempt to disassemble the air
bag module.
Be sure to store the removed air bag module in a clean
and dry place with a pad surface facing upward.
When discarding the air bag module, discard after
deploying the air bag as specified in the service procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
Using t-type long torx wrench (T30), a torx screw is loosened
completely and removed.
AC608854
AC609541AB
.
Locking button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Driver's air bag module
harness side connector
ACA03543AB
.
TSB Revision
52B-378
MB990803
AC607307AB
.
Clock spring
CAUTION
The removed clock spring should be stored in a clean, dry
place.
Lift the connector lock of clock spring connector to the direction
of the arrow, then unlock and disconnect the connector.
Paddle shift
Connector lock
AC904863 AC
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
TSB Revision
52B-379
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.
Mark for
checking
neutral point
Mating marks
ACA03529AB
TSB Revision
52B-380
ACA03541AB
.
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524047600268
.
If any component damage is found during the following inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the pad cover for dents, cracks or deformation.
TSB Revision
52B-381
Inflator
Squib
connectors
ACA03012 AB
.
CLOCK SPRING
Case
C-304
Horn/audio remote
control/cruise
control connector
C-304/C-312
C-312
Protective
tube
ACA03431AB
Digital
multi-meter
Clock spring
ACA03432 AB
TSB Revision
52B-382
M1524047300353
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it if a
2
5.0 1.0 Nm
44 8 in-lb
ACA00358 AB
<<A>>
<<B>>
1.
2.
<<C>>
3.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Passengers (front) air bag module
connector
Side defroster duct (Refer to
GROUP 52A Instrument Panel
Assembly P.52A-3).
Passengers (front) air bag module
>>A<<
2.
>>B<<
TSB Revision
3.
1.
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Passengers (front) air bag module
Side defroster duct (Refer to
GROUP 52A Instrument Panel
Assembly P.52A-3).
Passengers (front) air bag module
connector
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection
52B-383
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
Deck
crossmember
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
AC904912 AC
.
TSB Revision
52B-384
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
ACA00360 AB
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1411 and B1491
are set.
TSB Revision
52B-385
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524047400123
CAUTION
Never measure circuit resistance in the air bag modules
(squib) even with the specified tester. Measuring the
circuit resistance with a tester causes accidental air
bag deployment due to current that flows or static,
resulting in serious personal injury.
When replacing the parts, discard the old parts after
deploying the air bag according to the specified procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
If any malfunction is found in the following inspections, replace
the air bag module with a new one.
1. Check the harness and connector for damage and the terminal for deformation.
2. Check the air bag inflator cases for dents, cracks or deformation.
3. Check the air bag module for proper installation.
Inflator
Squib connectors
AC905161 AC
TSB Revision
52B-386
M1524044000308
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the knee air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the knee air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it
5.0 1.0 Nm
44 87 in-lb
<<A>>
1.
<<B>>
<<C>>
2.
2.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Instrument panel lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Lower
Panel P.52A-8).
Knee air bag module connector
Knee air bag module
TSB Revision
2
>>A<<
>>B<<
>>C<<
>>D<<
3.
2.
1.
ACA03433 AB
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Knee air bag module
Knee air bag module connector
Instrument panel lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Lower
Panel P.52A-8).
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection
52B-387
Insulating tape
Battery
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
Locking
button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126 AJ
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1632 is set.
TSB Revision
52B-388
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag
deployment.
.
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
TSB Revision
INSPECTION
52B-389
M1524044100112
If any component damage is found during the following inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
2. Check the air bag for breakage.
3. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation and the harness for binding.
Squib
connectors
Inflator
AC905433 AB
TSB Revision
52B-390
SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE(S)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524036500739
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side-air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the side-air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace it
1
2
ACA03544
ACA03438 AB
<<A>>
1.
<<B>>
2.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat assembly (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Front seatback frame assembly
(with side-airbag module) (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-46)
>>A<<
>>B<<
TSB Revision
2.
1.
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seatback frame assembly
(with side-airbag module) (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-46)
Front seat assembly (Refer to
Group 52AFront seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection
52B-391
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
CAUTION
When replacing the side-airbag module, replace the
seat frame assembly.
Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag
module circuit. Never attempt to disassemble the air
bag module.
Store the removed seatback frame assembly in a clean
and dry place.
When discarding the air bag module, discard after
deploying the air bag as specified in the service procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B1421, B1431 are
set.
TSB Revision
52B-392
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags
deployment.
.
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
TSB Revision
INSPECTION
52B-393
M1524036600231
AC507151AB
TSB Revision
52B-394
M1524013500716
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the curtain air bag modules. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop the curtain air bag modules or allow contact with water, grease or oil. Replace
1
3
2
10 4 Nm
89 35 in-lb
10 4 Nm
89 35 in-lb
ACA03439 AB
<<A>>
<<B>>
<<C>>
Removal steps
1. Negative () battery cable connection
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Headlining P.52A-20).
2. Curtain air bag module connector
connection
3. Curtain air bag module
TSB Revision
INSTALLATION STEPS
52B-395
Insulating tape
Battery
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
Locking
button
WARNING
The air bag module must not be measured with
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC905436 AB
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
5. Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire
SRS operates properly.
At this time, check that no DTC except B441 and B1451 are
set.
TSB Revision
52B-396
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
TSB Revision
INSPECTION
52B-397
M1524013600326
Inflator
WARNING
If any component damage is found during the following inspection, replace the air bag module with a new
one. Dispose of the old one according to the specified
procedure (Refer to P.52B-412).
1. Check that the curtain air bag deployment part of the
headlining is normal.
2. Check the inflator surface for cracks, dents or deformations.
3. Check the air bag for breakage.
4. Check the connector for damage, the terminal for
deformation and the harness for binding.
TSB Revision
52B-398
M1524004601451
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side impact sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the side impact sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the side
<Rear>
Forward
<Front>
10 2 Nm
89 17 in-lb
3
3
ACA03519
ACA03440 AB
<<A>>
1.
2.
3.
<<B>>
>>A<<
3.
>>B<<
2.
TSB Revision
1.
>>C<<
<<A>>
1.
2.
3.
<<B>>
>>A<<
3.
>>B<<
2.
1.
>>C<<
52B-399
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
TSB Revision
52B-400
Connector lock
AC904777AG
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524004700790
WARNING
TSB Revision
52B-401
M1524004101779
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat belt pre-tensioner. If faulty, replace it.
Be extremely careful when handling the seat with pre-tensioner. Do not subject it to
shocks, drop it, bring it close to strong magnets or allow contact with water, grease or oil.
Always replace it with a new part if any dents, cracks or deformation is found.
Do not place anything on the seat belt pre-tensioner.
Do not expose the seat belt pre-tensioner to temperatures over 90C (194F).
After operating the seat belt pre-tensioner, replace the seat belt pre-tensioner with a new
part.
Gloves and protective goggles must be worn when handling a seat belt pre-tensioner
once it has been used.
Certain components of this vehicle, such as seat belt pre-tensioners, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may apply. For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
If disposing of a seat belt with pre-tensioner which has not yet been operated, its seat belt
pre-tensioner must be operated first before disposal. (Refer to P.52B-412).
When removing and installing the front passenger seat belt, be sure to carry out accuracy
check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle. (On-Vehicle Service P.52B-364.)
TSB Revision
52B-402
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition key to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
1
4
3
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb
5.0 1.0 Nm
44 8 in-lb
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb
5
43 8 Nm
32 5 ft-lb
ACA00681AC
<<A>>
1.
2.
3.
<<B>>
<<C>>
4.
5.
6.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
connection
Outer seat belt mounting bolt
Front scuff plate, scuff plate rear,
center pillar trim lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Center pillar trim upper cap (Refer
to GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Center pillar trim upper
Seat belt pre-tensioner connector
Seat belt with pre-tensioner
>>A<<
2.
1.
>>B<<
TSB Revision
6.
5.
4.
3.
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Seat belt with pre-tensioner
Seat belt pre-tensioner connector
Center pillar trim upper
Center pillar trim upper cap (Refer
to GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Front scuff plate, scuff plate rear,
center pillar trim lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A Interior Trim
P.52A-13).
Outer seat belt mounting bolt
Negative () battery cable
connection
Post-installation inspection
52B-403
Insulating tape
Battery
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
Locking
button
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC904862 AC
CAUTION
To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958, always turn the
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position before connecting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958.
3. Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector.
TSB Revision
52B-404
DANGER
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work. (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Disconnect the negative () battery cable and tape the
terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt
pre-tensioner operation.
.
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
TSB Revision
INSPECTION
52B-405
M1524004200803
WARNING
If any component damage is found during the fol-
M1524025300203
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat slide sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the seat slide sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the seat slide
ACA03527AB
TSB Revision
52B-406
<<A>>
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Seat slide sensor) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)
>>A<<
>>B<<
1.
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Seat slide sensor) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
TSB Revision
52B-407
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524025400147
WARNING
TSB Revision
52B-408
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1524053100013
WARNING
it.
Do not drop or subject the occupant classification-ECU to impact or vibration. Replace
the occupant classification-ECU, if dents, cracking, deformation, or rust are present.
Pre-removal Operation
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
Occupant
classification-ECU
ACA03528AB
<<A>>
1.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Occupant
classification-ECU) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)
>>A<<
>>B<<
TSB Revision
1.
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame <Drivers
side> (Occupant
classification-ECU) (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Front seat assembly
P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection
52B-409
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
TSB Revision
52B-410
INSPECTION
M1524053200010
WARNING
M1524053400014
WARNING
Never attempt to disassemble or repair the weigth sensor. If faulty, replace it.
Do not drop or subject the weigth sensor to impact or vibration. Replace the weigth sen-
Weight sensor
(Rear: LH)
Weight sensor
(Front: LH)
Weight sensor
(Rear: RH)
Weight sensor
(Front: RH)
ACA03528AC
TSB Revision
1.
Removal steps
Negative () battery cable
Front seat cushion frame
<Passengers side> (Weight
sensor) (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Front seat assembly P.52A-42)
>>A<<
>>B<<
1.
52B-411
Installation steps
Pre-installation inspection
Front seat cushion frame
<Passengers side> (Weight
sensor) (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Front seat assembly P.52A-42)
Negative () battery cable
Post-installation inspection
Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the battery cable before doing any further work (Refer to
P.52B-24).
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
Insulating tape
Battery
Battery cable
ACX00583AF
TSB Revision
52B-412
<Meter>
AC905530 AB
INSPECTION
M1524053500011
WARNING
M1524001202060
When discarding the air bag modules or a vehicle with SRS air
bags, be sure to deploy the air bags in advance as specified in
the service procedure that follows.
TSB Revision
52B-413
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the Steering column lower cover (Refer to GROUP
37 Steering column shaft assembly P.37-82).
4. Remove the connection between the C-313 clock spring
connector (4-pin) and the harness side connector (4-pin).
NOTE: Once disconnected from the instrument panel wiring
harness, both electrodes of the clock spring connector short
automatically. This prevents the driver's air bag from accidental deployment caused by static, etc.
Deployment wires
Connection
6 m or longer
AC300381AD
Insulator tape
Connection
Deployment wire
ACA00117AB
TSB Revision
52B-414
WARNING
Cover
ACX01308AE
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
11.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
12.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.
Deck
crossmember
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
connector
Outer housing of
the harness side
connector
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the glove box.
4. Disconnect the connector while sliding the wiring harness
side of passenger's (front) air bag module shown in the
figure to the direction of the arrow.
NOTE: When the passenger's (front) air bag module connector is disconnected from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the
unintentional deployment of passenger's (front) air bags
caused by the static or others.
AC904912 AC
Connection
Deployment wires
MB992102
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
Insulator tape
AC502991AE
TSB Revision
Heater unit
52B-415
MB992102
Deployment wires
AC905395AC
WARNING
Cover
ACX01308AE
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.
Locking button
Harness side
connector
Inflator
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the instrument panel cover lower (Refer to GROUP
52A Instrument lower panel P.52A-8).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of harness side connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the harness side connector is disconnected
from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional deployment of knee air bag caused by the static or others.
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC609126AF
TSB Revision
52B-416
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
MB991885
Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
6. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator, and then pull out
the deployment wire to outside the vehicle.
MB991885
Inflator
Deployment wire
AC609127AC
WARNING
Cover
ACX01308AE
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
TSB Revision
Side-airbag module
connector
(2-pin, yellow)
Floor wiring
harness side
connector
(2-pin, yellow)
AC507006 AC
Deployment wires
Connection
6 m or longer
AC100450AC
AC506241
Insulator tape
52B-417
CAUTION
Make sure to deploy both driver's and front passenger's
side-airbags.
NOTE: When the side-airbag module connector is disconnected from the floor harness, the two pins of side-airbag
module connector are automatically shorted. This prevents
the unintentional deployment of side-airbags caused by the
static or others.
4. Prepare two deployment wires of 6 m or more, and keep the
terminal at one end connected to that of the other wire
(shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the air bags from unintentional deployment caused by static.
CAUTION
The following procedures are intended to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static. Therefore,
make sure to perform the procedures.
5. Touch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the
charged static.
6. With the side-airbag module connector disconnected, cut
the floor harness using a nipper or similar tools.
7. Connect the deployment wire to each of two cut wiring
harnesses. After covering the connection areas with
insulation tape, pull out the deployment wire to outside the
vehicle.
8. Connect the floor harness, to which the deployment wire is
connected, to the side-airbag module connector.
AC506974 AC
WARNING
Cover
ACX01308AE
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
10.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the side-airbag module.
TSB Revision
52B-418
Locking
button
Inflator
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
CAUTION
Disconnect the battery cable connection, and wait for 60
seconds or more before starting the work.
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A - Headlining
P.52A-20).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of curtain air bag harness connector. After releasing the
lock, disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the curtain air bag module connector is disconnected from the inflator, the two pins of inflator connector
are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional
deployment of curtain air bags caused by the static or others.
AC905436 AB
Connection
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
MB991885
Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
6. Connect the adapter harness to the inflator, and then pull out
the deployment wire to outside the vehicle.
Inflator
Deployment wires
MB991885
AC301520 AH
TSB Revision
52B-419
WARNING
Cover
ACX01308AE
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag module.
9. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.
TSB Revision
52B-420
MB991885
A
View A
<Before>
Cutting part
<After>
AC905199
AC905252AC
Connection
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
MB991885
Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
Deployment
wires
AC100482AC
8. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
air bag module is fixed.
Old tires
without wheels
Deployment wires
ACX00610 AD
TSB Revision
Deployment wires
Vehicle battery
ACX01313 AD
52B-421
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag module before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
9. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
10.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.
Connection
Deployment wires
MB992102
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
Insulator tape
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of air
bag module are automatically shorted to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static or others. However, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store
the air bag module on a flat place with the deployment surface facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
2. Remove the passenger's (front) air bag module from the
vehicle (Refer to P.52B-382).
3. Connect the deployment wires of 6m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB992102), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of front
passenger's air bags caused by the static or others.
4. Connect the adapter harness to the passenger's (front) air
bag module.
AC502991AE
TSB Revision
52B-422
5. Pass a thick wire through the hole of air bag module bracket.
Then, with the air bag module deployment surface facing
upward, fix the module to the old tire with wheel.
Deployment
wires
AC300520AC
6. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
air bag module is fixed. Then, tie and fix all the tires with
rope (4 positions).
NOTE: The passenger's (front) air bag has a larger deployment volume than the driver's air bag. Therefore, it is necessary to tie the tires with rope.
Old tires
without wheels
Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC
Deployment wires
ACX01315AD
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag module before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
7. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
8. Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
.
TSB Revision
52B-423
Deployment wires
Connection
6 m or longer
AC100450AC
Side-airbag module
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of
side-airbag module are automatically shorted to prevent
the unintentional deployment caused by the static or others. However, in preparation for the accidental deployment, store the air bag module on a flat place with the
deployment surface facing upward. Also, do not put anything on it.
3. Remove the side-airbag module from the front seat
assembly incorporated in the side-airbag (Refer to
P.52B-390).
4. Prepare two deployment wires of 6 m or more, and keep the
terminal at one end connected to that of the other wire
(shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the air bags from unintentional deployment caused by static.
CAUTION
The following procedures are intended to prevent the unintentional deployment caused by the static. Therefore,
make sure to perform the procedures.
5. Touch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the
charged static.
6. Cut off the side-airbag module wiring harness connector
from the wiring harness with nippers. Connect the
deployment wire to each of the two cut wiring harnesses,
and cover the connection areas with insulation tape.
Insulator tape
Connection
Deployment wires
AC406391AD
7. Pass the deployment wire under the tire with wheel, and
connect it to the side-airbag module connector.
8. Install a surplus nut to the side-airbag module bolt. Then, tie
a thick wire for fixing the wheel to the bolt. Fix the
side-airbag module to the wheel of old tire with the module
deployment surface facing upward.
Deployment wires
AC300990 AJ
TSB Revision
52B-424
9. Place three old tires without wheel onto the tire to which the
side-airbag module is fixed. Then, tie and fix all the tires with
rope. (4 positions)
Old tires
without wheels
Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC
Deployment wires
ACX01315AD
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the air bag module before deploying the air bag.
Immediately after the air bag deployment, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the air bag module does not deploy, consult with your
distributor.
10.Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the air bag module. Then, connect the
wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy the air bag
module.
11.Discard the deployed air bag module according to the
disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-426.
.
TSB Revision
Locking
button
Inflator
52B-425
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
AC905436 AB
4. Cut the inflator from the air bag as shown in the figure using
a cutter or a similar tool.
Inflator
Air bag
AC303536AB
Connection
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
MB991885
Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
Old tire
without wheel
MB991885
Inflator
Wire
AC303641 AD
8. Place the tire to which the inflator is fixed onto the two
stacked tires. Then, place 1 or more old tires without wheel
onto the stacked tires, and tie and fix all the tires with rope.
(4 positions)
Old tires
without wheels
Deployment wires
ACX00611 AC
TSB Revision
52B-426
Deployment wires
ACX01315AD
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the inflator
before the activation.
Immediately after the inflator activation, the inflator is
extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator
for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the inflator does not activate, consult with your distributor.
9. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the inflator. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to activate the inflator.
10.Discard the activated inflator according to the disposal
procedures (Refer to P.52B-426).
TSB Revision
52B-427
M1524004400443
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
CAUTION
Before starting the work, wait for 60 seconds or more after
the disconnection of the battery cable. (Refer to the item 5
P.52B-24 of Service Precautions).
2. Disconnect the () and (+) terminals of battery cable, and
then remove the battery from the vehicle.
3. Remove the center pillar trim lower (Refer to GROUP 52A
Interior Trim P.52A-13).
4. Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button
of floor harness connector. After releasing the lock,
disconnect the connector.
NOTE: When the floor harness connector is disconnected
from the seat belt pre-tensioner, the two pins of the seat belt
pre-tensioner connector are automatically shorted. This prevents the unintentional deployment of the seat belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.
AC904862 AC
TSB Revision
52B-428
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
MB991885
Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
AC904862
MB991885
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
connector
AC905397AB
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present inside or near the
vehicle before the deployment.
Immediately after the pre-tensioner deployment, the
inflator is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave
the inflator for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner does not deploy, consult
with your distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the vehicle. Then, connect the wires to the
removed vehicle battery to deploy the seat belt
pre-tensioner.
9. Discard the deployed seat belt pre-tensioner according to
the disposal procedures (Refer to ).
.
TSB Revision
Connection
6 m (20 ft) or
longer
MB991885
Deployment wires
Insulator tape
AC103480 AJ
Tires
without
wheels
52B-429
CAUTION
When the connector is disconnected, the two pins of seat
belt pre-tensioner is automatically shorted to prevent the
unintentional deployment caused by the static or others.
2. Remove the seat belt with pre-tensioner from the vehicle
(Refer to P.52B-401).
3. Connect the deployment wires of 6 m or more to each of the
two wiring harnesses of special tool adapter harness
(MB991885), and cover the connection areas with insulation
tape. Keep the other ends of deployment wires connected to
each other (shorted).
NOTE: This prevents the unintentional deployment of seat
belt pre-tensioner caused by the static or others.
4. Pass a thick wire through the seat belt pre-tensioner bracket
hole, and attach it to the old tire with wheel.
5. Connect the adapter harness to the seat belt pre-tensioner
connector. (Retractor side)
CAUTION
Set so that the connector of pre-tensioner adapter harness
does not get pinched between the tires when deployed.
6. Pull out the seat belt to outside the tire.
7. Place an old tire without wheel onto the seat belt with
pre-tensioner.
Seat belt
Deployment
wires
AC105388AF
Deployment wires
Vehicle battery
AC004294 AC
CAUTION
Make sure that no one is present near the seat belt with
pre-tensioner before the deployment.
Immediately after the seat belt pre-tensioner deployment, the inflator is extremely hot. Thus, before handling, leave the inflator for 30 minutes or more to cool.
If the seat belt pre-tensioner does not deploy, consult
with your distributor.
8. Disconnect the deployment wire connection at a place as far
as possible from the seat belt with pre-tensioner. Then,
connect the wires to the removed vehicle battery to deploy
the seat belt pre-tensioner.
9. Discard the deployed seat belt with pre-tensioner according
to the disposal procedures (Refer to P.52B-430).
TSB Revision
52B-430
TSB Revision